xref: /linux/include/net/cfg80211.h (revision 6be8e297f9bcea666ea85ac7a6cd9d52d6deaf92)
1 #ifndef __NET_CFG80211_H
2 #define __NET_CFG80211_H
3 /*
4  * 802.11 device and configuration interface
5  *
6  * Copyright 2006-2010	Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
7  * Copyright 2013-2014 Intel Mobile Communications GmbH
8  * Copyright 2015-2017	Intel Deutschland GmbH
9  * Copyright (C) 2018-2019 Intel Corporation
10  *
11  * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
12  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License version 2 as
13  * published by the Free Software Foundation.
14  */
15 
16 #include <linux/netdevice.h>
17 #include <linux/debugfs.h>
18 #include <linux/list.h>
19 #include <linux/bug.h>
20 #include <linux/netlink.h>
21 #include <linux/skbuff.h>
22 #include <linux/nl80211.h>
23 #include <linux/if_ether.h>
24 #include <linux/ieee80211.h>
25 #include <linux/net.h>
26 #include <net/regulatory.h>
27 
28 /**
29  * DOC: Introduction
30  *
31  * cfg80211 is the configuration API for 802.11 devices in Linux. It bridges
32  * userspace and drivers, and offers some utility functionality associated
33  * with 802.11. cfg80211 must, directly or indirectly via mac80211, be used
34  * by all modern wireless drivers in Linux, so that they offer a consistent
35  * API through nl80211. For backward compatibility, cfg80211 also offers
36  * wireless extensions to userspace, but hides them from drivers completely.
37  *
38  * Additionally, cfg80211 contains code to help enforce regulatory spectrum
39  * use restrictions.
40  */
41 
42 
43 /**
44  * DOC: Device registration
45  *
46  * In order for a driver to use cfg80211, it must register the hardware device
47  * with cfg80211. This happens through a number of hardware capability structs
48  * described below.
49  *
50  * The fundamental structure for each device is the 'wiphy', of which each
51  * instance describes a physical wireless device connected to the system. Each
52  * such wiphy can have zero, one, or many virtual interfaces associated with
53  * it, which need to be identified as such by pointing the network interface's
54  * @ieee80211_ptr pointer to a &struct wireless_dev which further describes
55  * the wireless part of the interface, normally this struct is embedded in the
56  * network interface's private data area. Drivers can optionally allow creating
57  * or destroying virtual interfaces on the fly, but without at least one or the
58  * ability to create some the wireless device isn't useful.
59  *
60  * Each wiphy structure contains device capability information, and also has
61  * a pointer to the various operations the driver offers. The definitions and
62  * structures here describe these capabilities in detail.
63  */
64 
65 struct wiphy;
66 
67 /*
68  * wireless hardware capability structures
69  */
70 
71 /**
72  * enum ieee80211_channel_flags - channel flags
73  *
74  * Channel flags set by the regulatory control code.
75  *
76  * @IEEE80211_CHAN_DISABLED: This channel is disabled.
77  * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_IR: do not initiate radiation, this includes
78  * 	sending probe requests or beaconing.
79  * @IEEE80211_CHAN_RADAR: Radar detection is required on this channel.
80  * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40PLUS: extension channel above this channel
81  * 	is not permitted.
82  * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40MINUS: extension channel below this channel
83  * 	is not permitted.
84  * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_OFDM: OFDM is not allowed on this channel.
85  * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_80MHZ: If the driver supports 80 MHz on the band,
86  *	this flag indicates that an 80 MHz channel cannot use this
87  *	channel as the control or any of the secondary channels.
88  *	This may be due to the driver or due to regulatory bandwidth
89  *	restrictions.
90  * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_160MHZ: If the driver supports 160 MHz on the band,
91  *	this flag indicates that an 160 MHz channel cannot use this
92  *	channel as the control or any of the secondary channels.
93  *	This may be due to the driver or due to regulatory bandwidth
94  *	restrictions.
95  * @IEEE80211_CHAN_INDOOR_ONLY: see %NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY
96  * @IEEE80211_CHAN_IR_CONCURRENT: see %NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT
97  * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_20MHZ: 20 MHz bandwidth is not permitted
98  *	on this channel.
99  * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_10MHZ: 10 MHz bandwidth is not permitted
100  *	on this channel.
101  *
102  */
103 enum ieee80211_channel_flags {
104 	IEEE80211_CHAN_DISABLED		= 1<<0,
105 	IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_IR		= 1<<1,
106 	/* hole at 1<<2 */
107 	IEEE80211_CHAN_RADAR		= 1<<3,
108 	IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40PLUS	= 1<<4,
109 	IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40MINUS	= 1<<5,
110 	IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_OFDM		= 1<<6,
111 	IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_80MHZ		= 1<<7,
112 	IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_160MHZ	= 1<<8,
113 	IEEE80211_CHAN_INDOOR_ONLY	= 1<<9,
114 	IEEE80211_CHAN_IR_CONCURRENT	= 1<<10,
115 	IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_20MHZ		= 1<<11,
116 	IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_10MHZ		= 1<<12,
117 };
118 
119 #define IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40 \
120 	(IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40PLUS | IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40MINUS)
121 
122 #define IEEE80211_DFS_MIN_CAC_TIME_MS		60000
123 #define IEEE80211_DFS_MIN_NOP_TIME_MS		(30 * 60 * 1000)
124 
125 /**
126  * struct ieee80211_channel - channel definition
127  *
128  * This structure describes a single channel for use
129  * with cfg80211.
130  *
131  * @center_freq: center frequency in MHz
132  * @hw_value: hardware-specific value for the channel
133  * @flags: channel flags from &enum ieee80211_channel_flags.
134  * @orig_flags: channel flags at registration time, used by regulatory
135  *	code to support devices with additional restrictions
136  * @band: band this channel belongs to.
137  * @max_antenna_gain: maximum antenna gain in dBi
138  * @max_power: maximum transmission power (in dBm)
139  * @max_reg_power: maximum regulatory transmission power (in dBm)
140  * @beacon_found: helper to regulatory code to indicate when a beacon
141  *	has been found on this channel. Use regulatory_hint_found_beacon()
142  *	to enable this, this is useful only on 5 GHz band.
143  * @orig_mag: internal use
144  * @orig_mpwr: internal use
145  * @dfs_state: current state of this channel. Only relevant if radar is required
146  *	on this channel.
147  * @dfs_state_entered: timestamp (jiffies) when the dfs state was entered.
148  * @dfs_cac_ms: DFS CAC time in milliseconds, this is valid for DFS channels.
149  */
150 struct ieee80211_channel {
151 	enum nl80211_band band;
152 	u32 center_freq;
153 	u16 hw_value;
154 	u32 flags;
155 	int max_antenna_gain;
156 	int max_power;
157 	int max_reg_power;
158 	bool beacon_found;
159 	u32 orig_flags;
160 	int orig_mag, orig_mpwr;
161 	enum nl80211_dfs_state dfs_state;
162 	unsigned long dfs_state_entered;
163 	unsigned int dfs_cac_ms;
164 };
165 
166 /**
167  * enum ieee80211_rate_flags - rate flags
168  *
169  * Hardware/specification flags for rates. These are structured
170  * in a way that allows using the same bitrate structure for
171  * different bands/PHY modes.
172  *
173  * @IEEE80211_RATE_SHORT_PREAMBLE: Hardware can send with short
174  *	preamble on this bitrate; only relevant in 2.4GHz band and
175  *	with CCK rates.
176  * @IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_A: This bitrate is a mandatory rate
177  *	when used with 802.11a (on the 5 GHz band); filled by the
178  *	core code when registering the wiphy.
179  * @IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_B: This bitrate is a mandatory rate
180  *	when used with 802.11b (on the 2.4 GHz band); filled by the
181  *	core code when registering the wiphy.
182  * @IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_G: This bitrate is a mandatory rate
183  *	when used with 802.11g (on the 2.4 GHz band); filled by the
184  *	core code when registering the wiphy.
185  * @IEEE80211_RATE_ERP_G: This is an ERP rate in 802.11g mode.
186  * @IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_5MHZ: Rate can be used in 5 MHz mode
187  * @IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_10MHZ: Rate can be used in 10 MHz mode
188  */
189 enum ieee80211_rate_flags {
190 	IEEE80211_RATE_SHORT_PREAMBLE	= 1<<0,
191 	IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_A	= 1<<1,
192 	IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_B	= 1<<2,
193 	IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_G	= 1<<3,
194 	IEEE80211_RATE_ERP_G		= 1<<4,
195 	IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_5MHZ	= 1<<5,
196 	IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_10MHZ	= 1<<6,
197 };
198 
199 /**
200  * enum ieee80211_bss_type - BSS type filter
201  *
202  * @IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_ESS: Infrastructure BSS
203  * @IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_PBSS: Personal BSS
204  * @IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_IBSS: Independent BSS
205  * @IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_MBSS: Mesh BSS
206  * @IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_ANY: Wildcard value for matching any BSS type
207  */
208 enum ieee80211_bss_type {
209 	IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_ESS,
210 	IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_PBSS,
211 	IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_IBSS,
212 	IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_MBSS,
213 	IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_ANY
214 };
215 
216 /**
217  * enum ieee80211_privacy - BSS privacy filter
218  *
219  * @IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ON: privacy bit set
220  * @IEEE80211_PRIVACY_OFF: privacy bit clear
221  * @IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ANY: Wildcard value for matching any privacy setting
222  */
223 enum ieee80211_privacy {
224 	IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ON,
225 	IEEE80211_PRIVACY_OFF,
226 	IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ANY
227 };
228 
229 #define IEEE80211_PRIVACY(x)	\
230 	((x) ? IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ON : IEEE80211_PRIVACY_OFF)
231 
232 /**
233  * struct ieee80211_rate - bitrate definition
234  *
235  * This structure describes a bitrate that an 802.11 PHY can
236  * operate with. The two values @hw_value and @hw_value_short
237  * are only for driver use when pointers to this structure are
238  * passed around.
239  *
240  * @flags: rate-specific flags
241  * @bitrate: bitrate in units of 100 Kbps
242  * @hw_value: driver/hardware value for this rate
243  * @hw_value_short: driver/hardware value for this rate when
244  *	short preamble is used
245  */
246 struct ieee80211_rate {
247 	u32 flags;
248 	u16 bitrate;
249 	u16 hw_value, hw_value_short;
250 };
251 
252 /**
253  * struct ieee80211_sta_ht_cap - STA's HT capabilities
254  *
255  * This structure describes most essential parameters needed
256  * to describe 802.11n HT capabilities for an STA.
257  *
258  * @ht_supported: is HT supported by the STA
259  * @cap: HT capabilities map as described in 802.11n spec
260  * @ampdu_factor: Maximum A-MPDU length factor
261  * @ampdu_density: Minimum A-MPDU spacing
262  * @mcs: Supported MCS rates
263  */
264 struct ieee80211_sta_ht_cap {
265 	u16 cap; /* use IEEE80211_HT_CAP_ */
266 	bool ht_supported;
267 	u8 ampdu_factor;
268 	u8 ampdu_density;
269 	struct ieee80211_mcs_info mcs;
270 };
271 
272 /**
273  * struct ieee80211_sta_vht_cap - STA's VHT capabilities
274  *
275  * This structure describes most essential parameters needed
276  * to describe 802.11ac VHT capabilities for an STA.
277  *
278  * @vht_supported: is VHT supported by the STA
279  * @cap: VHT capabilities map as described in 802.11ac spec
280  * @vht_mcs: Supported VHT MCS rates
281  */
282 struct ieee80211_sta_vht_cap {
283 	bool vht_supported;
284 	u32 cap; /* use IEEE80211_VHT_CAP_ */
285 	struct ieee80211_vht_mcs_info vht_mcs;
286 };
287 
288 #define IEEE80211_HE_PPE_THRES_MAX_LEN		25
289 
290 /**
291  * struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap - STA's HE capabilities
292  *
293  * This structure describes most essential parameters needed
294  * to describe 802.11ax HE capabilities for a STA.
295  *
296  * @has_he: true iff HE data is valid.
297  * @he_cap_elem: Fixed portion of the HE capabilities element.
298  * @he_mcs_nss_supp: The supported NSS/MCS combinations.
299  * @ppe_thres: Holds the PPE Thresholds data.
300  */
301 struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap {
302 	bool has_he;
303 	struct ieee80211_he_cap_elem he_cap_elem;
304 	struct ieee80211_he_mcs_nss_supp he_mcs_nss_supp;
305 	u8 ppe_thres[IEEE80211_HE_PPE_THRES_MAX_LEN];
306 };
307 
308 /**
309  * struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data
310  *
311  * This structure encapsulates sband data that is relevant for the
312  * interface types defined in @types_mask.  Each type in the
313  * @types_mask must be unique across all instances of iftype_data.
314  *
315  * @types_mask: interface types mask
316  * @he_cap: holds the HE capabilities
317  */
318 struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data {
319 	u16 types_mask;
320 	struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap he_cap;
321 };
322 
323 /**
324  * struct ieee80211_supported_band - frequency band definition
325  *
326  * This structure describes a frequency band a wiphy
327  * is able to operate in.
328  *
329  * @channels: Array of channels the hardware can operate in
330  *	in this band.
331  * @band: the band this structure represents
332  * @n_channels: Number of channels in @channels
333  * @bitrates: Array of bitrates the hardware can operate with
334  *	in this band. Must be sorted to give a valid "supported
335  *	rates" IE, i.e. CCK rates first, then OFDM.
336  * @n_bitrates: Number of bitrates in @bitrates
337  * @ht_cap: HT capabilities in this band
338  * @vht_cap: VHT capabilities in this band
339  * @n_iftype_data: number of iftype data entries
340  * @iftype_data: interface type data entries.  Note that the bits in
341  *	@types_mask inside this structure cannot overlap (i.e. only
342  *	one occurrence of each type is allowed across all instances of
343  *	iftype_data).
344  */
345 struct ieee80211_supported_band {
346 	struct ieee80211_channel *channels;
347 	struct ieee80211_rate *bitrates;
348 	enum nl80211_band band;
349 	int n_channels;
350 	int n_bitrates;
351 	struct ieee80211_sta_ht_cap ht_cap;
352 	struct ieee80211_sta_vht_cap vht_cap;
353 	u16 n_iftype_data;
354 	const struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data *iftype_data;
355 };
356 
357 /**
358  * ieee80211_get_sband_iftype_data - return sband data for a given iftype
359  * @sband: the sband to search for the STA on
360  * @iftype: enum nl80211_iftype
361  *
362  * Return: pointer to struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data, or NULL is none found
363  */
364 static inline const struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data *
365 ieee80211_get_sband_iftype_data(const struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband,
366 				u8 iftype)
367 {
368 	int i;
369 
370 	if (WARN_ON(iftype >= NL80211_IFTYPE_MAX))
371 		return NULL;
372 
373 	for (i = 0; i < sband->n_iftype_data; i++)  {
374 		const struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data *data =
375 			&sband->iftype_data[i];
376 
377 		if (data->types_mask & BIT(iftype))
378 			return data;
379 	}
380 
381 	return NULL;
382 }
383 
384 /**
385  * ieee80211_get_he_sta_cap - return HE capabilities for an sband's STA
386  * @sband: the sband to search for the STA on
387  *
388  * Return: pointer to the struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap, or NULL is none found
389  */
390 static inline const struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap *
391 ieee80211_get_he_sta_cap(const struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband)
392 {
393 	const struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data *data =
394 		ieee80211_get_sband_iftype_data(sband, NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION);
395 
396 	if (data && data->he_cap.has_he)
397 		return &data->he_cap;
398 
399 	return NULL;
400 }
401 
402 /**
403  * wiphy_read_of_freq_limits - read frequency limits from device tree
404  *
405  * @wiphy: the wireless device to get extra limits for
406  *
407  * Some devices may have extra limitations specified in DT. This may be useful
408  * for chipsets that normally support more bands but are limited due to board
409  * design (e.g. by antennas or external power amplifier).
410  *
411  * This function reads info from DT and uses it to *modify* channels (disable
412  * unavailable ones). It's usually a *bad* idea to use it in drivers with
413  * shared channel data as DT limitations are device specific. You should make
414  * sure to call it only if channels in wiphy are copied and can be modified
415  * without affecting other devices.
416  *
417  * As this function access device node it has to be called after set_wiphy_dev.
418  * It also modifies channels so they have to be set first.
419  * If using this helper, call it before wiphy_register().
420  */
421 #ifdef CONFIG_OF
422 void wiphy_read_of_freq_limits(struct wiphy *wiphy);
423 #else /* CONFIG_OF */
424 static inline void wiphy_read_of_freq_limits(struct wiphy *wiphy)
425 {
426 }
427 #endif /* !CONFIG_OF */
428 
429 
430 /*
431  * Wireless hardware/device configuration structures and methods
432  */
433 
434 /**
435  * DOC: Actions and configuration
436  *
437  * Each wireless device and each virtual interface offer a set of configuration
438  * operations and other actions that are invoked by userspace. Each of these
439  * actions is described in the operations structure, and the parameters these
440  * operations use are described separately.
441  *
442  * Additionally, some operations are asynchronous and expect to get status
443  * information via some functions that drivers need to call.
444  *
445  * Scanning and BSS list handling with its associated functionality is described
446  * in a separate chapter.
447  */
448 
449 #define VHT_MUMIMO_GROUPS_DATA_LEN (WLAN_MEMBERSHIP_LEN +\
450 				    WLAN_USER_POSITION_LEN)
451 
452 /**
453  * struct vif_params - describes virtual interface parameters
454  * @flags: monitor interface flags, unchanged if 0, otherwise
455  *	%MONITOR_FLAG_CHANGED will be set
456  * @use_4addr: use 4-address frames
457  * @macaddr: address to use for this virtual interface.
458  *	If this parameter is set to zero address the driver may
459  *	determine the address as needed.
460  *	This feature is only fully supported by drivers that enable the
461  *	%NL80211_FEATURE_MAC_ON_CREATE flag.  Others may support creating
462  **	only p2p devices with specified MAC.
463  * @vht_mumimo_groups: MU-MIMO groupID, used for monitoring MU-MIMO packets
464  *	belonging to that MU-MIMO groupID; %NULL if not changed
465  * @vht_mumimo_follow_addr: MU-MIMO follow address, used for monitoring
466  *	MU-MIMO packets going to the specified station; %NULL if not changed
467  */
468 struct vif_params {
469 	u32 flags;
470 	int use_4addr;
471 	u8 macaddr[ETH_ALEN];
472 	const u8 *vht_mumimo_groups;
473 	const u8 *vht_mumimo_follow_addr;
474 };
475 
476 /**
477  * struct key_params - key information
478  *
479  * Information about a key
480  *
481  * @key: key material
482  * @key_len: length of key material
483  * @cipher: cipher suite selector
484  * @seq: sequence counter (IV/PN) for TKIP and CCMP keys, only used
485  *	with the get_key() callback, must be in little endian,
486  *	length given by @seq_len.
487  * @seq_len: length of @seq.
488  * @mode: key install mode (RX_TX, NO_TX or SET_TX)
489  */
490 struct key_params {
491 	const u8 *key;
492 	const u8 *seq;
493 	int key_len;
494 	int seq_len;
495 	u32 cipher;
496 	enum nl80211_key_mode mode;
497 };
498 
499 /**
500  * struct cfg80211_chan_def - channel definition
501  * @chan: the (control) channel
502  * @width: channel width
503  * @center_freq1: center frequency of first segment
504  * @center_freq2: center frequency of second segment
505  *	(only with 80+80 MHz)
506  */
507 struct cfg80211_chan_def {
508 	struct ieee80211_channel *chan;
509 	enum nl80211_chan_width width;
510 	u32 center_freq1;
511 	u32 center_freq2;
512 };
513 
514 /**
515  * cfg80211_get_chandef_type - return old channel type from chandef
516  * @chandef: the channel definition
517  *
518  * Return: The old channel type (NOHT, HT20, HT40+/-) from a given
519  * chandef, which must have a bandwidth allowing this conversion.
520  */
521 static inline enum nl80211_channel_type
522 cfg80211_get_chandef_type(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef)
523 {
524 	switch (chandef->width) {
525 	case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20_NOHT:
526 		return NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT;
527 	case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20:
528 		return NL80211_CHAN_HT20;
529 	case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_40:
530 		if (chandef->center_freq1 > chandef->chan->center_freq)
531 			return NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS;
532 		return NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS;
533 	default:
534 		WARN_ON(1);
535 		return NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT;
536 	}
537 }
538 
539 /**
540  * cfg80211_chandef_create - create channel definition using channel type
541  * @chandef: the channel definition struct to fill
542  * @channel: the control channel
543  * @chantype: the channel type
544  *
545  * Given a channel type, create a channel definition.
546  */
547 void cfg80211_chandef_create(struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef,
548 			     struct ieee80211_channel *channel,
549 			     enum nl80211_channel_type chantype);
550 
551 /**
552  * cfg80211_chandef_identical - check if two channel definitions are identical
553  * @chandef1: first channel definition
554  * @chandef2: second channel definition
555  *
556  * Return: %true if the channels defined by the channel definitions are
557  * identical, %false otherwise.
558  */
559 static inline bool
560 cfg80211_chandef_identical(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef1,
561 			   const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef2)
562 {
563 	return (chandef1->chan == chandef2->chan &&
564 		chandef1->width == chandef2->width &&
565 		chandef1->center_freq1 == chandef2->center_freq1 &&
566 		chandef1->center_freq2 == chandef2->center_freq2);
567 }
568 
569 /**
570  * cfg80211_chandef_compatible - check if two channel definitions are compatible
571  * @chandef1: first channel definition
572  * @chandef2: second channel definition
573  *
574  * Return: %NULL if the given channel definitions are incompatible,
575  * chandef1 or chandef2 otherwise.
576  */
577 const struct cfg80211_chan_def *
578 cfg80211_chandef_compatible(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef1,
579 			    const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef2);
580 
581 /**
582  * cfg80211_chandef_valid - check if a channel definition is valid
583  * @chandef: the channel definition to check
584  * Return: %true if the channel definition is valid. %false otherwise.
585  */
586 bool cfg80211_chandef_valid(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef);
587 
588 /**
589  * cfg80211_chandef_usable - check if secondary channels can be used
590  * @wiphy: the wiphy to validate against
591  * @chandef: the channel definition to check
592  * @prohibited_flags: the regulatory channel flags that must not be set
593  * Return: %true if secondary channels are usable. %false otherwise.
594  */
595 bool cfg80211_chandef_usable(struct wiphy *wiphy,
596 			     const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef,
597 			     u32 prohibited_flags);
598 
599 /**
600  * cfg80211_chandef_dfs_required - checks if radar detection is required
601  * @wiphy: the wiphy to validate against
602  * @chandef: the channel definition to check
603  * @iftype: the interface type as specified in &enum nl80211_iftype
604  * Returns:
605  *	1 if radar detection is required, 0 if it is not, < 0 on error
606  */
607 int cfg80211_chandef_dfs_required(struct wiphy *wiphy,
608 				  const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef,
609 				  enum nl80211_iftype iftype);
610 
611 /**
612  * ieee80211_chandef_rate_flags - returns rate flags for a channel
613  *
614  * In some channel types, not all rates may be used - for example CCK
615  * rates may not be used in 5/10 MHz channels.
616  *
617  * @chandef: channel definition for the channel
618  *
619  * Returns: rate flags which apply for this channel
620  */
621 static inline enum ieee80211_rate_flags
622 ieee80211_chandef_rate_flags(struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef)
623 {
624 	switch (chandef->width) {
625 	case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5:
626 		return IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_5MHZ;
627 	case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10:
628 		return IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_10MHZ;
629 	default:
630 		break;
631 	}
632 	return 0;
633 }
634 
635 /**
636  * ieee80211_chandef_max_power - maximum transmission power for the chandef
637  *
638  * In some regulations, the transmit power may depend on the configured channel
639  * bandwidth which may be defined as dBm/MHz. This function returns the actual
640  * max_power for non-standard (20 MHz) channels.
641  *
642  * @chandef: channel definition for the channel
643  *
644  * Returns: maximum allowed transmission power in dBm for the chandef
645  */
646 static inline int
647 ieee80211_chandef_max_power(struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef)
648 {
649 	switch (chandef->width) {
650 	case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5:
651 		return min(chandef->chan->max_reg_power - 6,
652 			   chandef->chan->max_power);
653 	case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10:
654 		return min(chandef->chan->max_reg_power - 3,
655 			   chandef->chan->max_power);
656 	default:
657 		break;
658 	}
659 	return chandef->chan->max_power;
660 }
661 
662 /**
663  * enum survey_info_flags - survey information flags
664  *
665  * @SURVEY_INFO_NOISE_DBM: noise (in dBm) was filled in
666  * @SURVEY_INFO_IN_USE: channel is currently being used
667  * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME: active time (in ms) was filled in
668  * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY: busy time was filled in
669  * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY: extension channel busy time was filled in
670  * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX: receive time was filled in
671  * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX: transmit time was filled in
672  * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_SCAN: scan time was filled in
673  *
674  * Used by the driver to indicate which info in &struct survey_info
675  * it has filled in during the get_survey().
676  */
677 enum survey_info_flags {
678 	SURVEY_INFO_NOISE_DBM		= BIT(0),
679 	SURVEY_INFO_IN_USE		= BIT(1),
680 	SURVEY_INFO_TIME		= BIT(2),
681 	SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY		= BIT(3),
682 	SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY	= BIT(4),
683 	SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX		= BIT(5),
684 	SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX		= BIT(6),
685 	SURVEY_INFO_TIME_SCAN		= BIT(7),
686 };
687 
688 /**
689  * struct survey_info - channel survey response
690  *
691  * @channel: the channel this survey record reports, may be %NULL for a single
692  *	record to report global statistics
693  * @filled: bitflag of flags from &enum survey_info_flags
694  * @noise: channel noise in dBm. This and all following fields are
695  *	optional
696  * @time: amount of time in ms the radio was turn on (on the channel)
697  * @time_busy: amount of time the primary channel was sensed busy
698  * @time_ext_busy: amount of time the extension channel was sensed busy
699  * @time_rx: amount of time the radio spent receiving data
700  * @time_tx: amount of time the radio spent transmitting data
701  * @time_scan: amount of time the radio spent for scanning
702  *
703  * Used by dump_survey() to report back per-channel survey information.
704  *
705  * This structure can later be expanded with things like
706  * channel duty cycle etc.
707  */
708 struct survey_info {
709 	struct ieee80211_channel *channel;
710 	u64 time;
711 	u64 time_busy;
712 	u64 time_ext_busy;
713 	u64 time_rx;
714 	u64 time_tx;
715 	u64 time_scan;
716 	u32 filled;
717 	s8 noise;
718 };
719 
720 #define CFG80211_MAX_WEP_KEYS	4
721 
722 /**
723  * struct cfg80211_crypto_settings - Crypto settings
724  * @wpa_versions: indicates which, if any, WPA versions are enabled
725  *	(from enum nl80211_wpa_versions)
726  * @cipher_group: group key cipher suite (or 0 if unset)
727  * @n_ciphers_pairwise: number of AP supported unicast ciphers
728  * @ciphers_pairwise: unicast key cipher suites
729  * @n_akm_suites: number of AKM suites
730  * @akm_suites: AKM suites
731  * @control_port: Whether user space controls IEEE 802.1X port, i.e.,
732  *	sets/clears %NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED. If true, the driver is
733  *	required to assume that the port is unauthorized until authorized by
734  *	user space. Otherwise, port is marked authorized by default.
735  * @control_port_ethertype: the control port protocol that should be
736  *	allowed through even on unauthorized ports
737  * @control_port_no_encrypt: TRUE to prevent encryption of control port
738  *	protocol frames.
739  * @control_port_over_nl80211: TRUE if userspace expects to exchange control
740  *	port frames over NL80211 instead of the network interface.
741  * @wep_keys: static WEP keys, if not NULL points to an array of
742  *	CFG80211_MAX_WEP_KEYS WEP keys
743  * @wep_tx_key: key index (0..3) of the default TX static WEP key
744  * @psk: PSK (for devices supporting 4-way-handshake offload)
745  */
746 struct cfg80211_crypto_settings {
747 	u32 wpa_versions;
748 	u32 cipher_group;
749 	int n_ciphers_pairwise;
750 	u32 ciphers_pairwise[NL80211_MAX_NR_CIPHER_SUITES];
751 	int n_akm_suites;
752 	u32 akm_suites[NL80211_MAX_NR_AKM_SUITES];
753 	bool control_port;
754 	__be16 control_port_ethertype;
755 	bool control_port_no_encrypt;
756 	bool control_port_over_nl80211;
757 	struct key_params *wep_keys;
758 	int wep_tx_key;
759 	const u8 *psk;
760 };
761 
762 /**
763  * struct cfg80211_beacon_data - beacon data
764  * @head: head portion of beacon (before TIM IE)
765  *	or %NULL if not changed
766  * @tail: tail portion of beacon (after TIM IE)
767  *	or %NULL if not changed
768  * @head_len: length of @head
769  * @tail_len: length of @tail
770  * @beacon_ies: extra information element(s) to add into Beacon frames or %NULL
771  * @beacon_ies_len: length of beacon_ies in octets
772  * @proberesp_ies: extra information element(s) to add into Probe Response
773  *	frames or %NULL
774  * @proberesp_ies_len: length of proberesp_ies in octets
775  * @assocresp_ies: extra information element(s) to add into (Re)Association
776  *	Response frames or %NULL
777  * @assocresp_ies_len: length of assocresp_ies in octets
778  * @probe_resp_len: length of probe response template (@probe_resp)
779  * @probe_resp: probe response template (AP mode only)
780  * @ftm_responder: enable FTM responder functionality; -1 for no change
781  *	(which also implies no change in LCI/civic location data)
782  * @lci: Measurement Report element content, starting with Measurement Token
783  *	(measurement type 8)
784  * @civicloc: Measurement Report element content, starting with Measurement
785  *	Token (measurement type 11)
786  * @lci_len: LCI data length
787  * @civicloc_len: Civic location data length
788  */
789 struct cfg80211_beacon_data {
790 	const u8 *head, *tail;
791 	const u8 *beacon_ies;
792 	const u8 *proberesp_ies;
793 	const u8 *assocresp_ies;
794 	const u8 *probe_resp;
795 	const u8 *lci;
796 	const u8 *civicloc;
797 	s8 ftm_responder;
798 
799 	size_t head_len, tail_len;
800 	size_t beacon_ies_len;
801 	size_t proberesp_ies_len;
802 	size_t assocresp_ies_len;
803 	size_t probe_resp_len;
804 	size_t lci_len;
805 	size_t civicloc_len;
806 };
807 
808 struct mac_address {
809 	u8 addr[ETH_ALEN];
810 };
811 
812 /**
813  * struct cfg80211_acl_data - Access control list data
814  *
815  * @acl_policy: ACL policy to be applied on the station's
816  *	entry specified by mac_addr
817  * @n_acl_entries: Number of MAC address entries passed
818  * @mac_addrs: List of MAC addresses of stations to be used for ACL
819  */
820 struct cfg80211_acl_data {
821 	enum nl80211_acl_policy acl_policy;
822 	int n_acl_entries;
823 
824 	/* Keep it last */
825 	struct mac_address mac_addrs[];
826 };
827 
828 /*
829  * cfg80211_bitrate_mask - masks for bitrate control
830  */
831 struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask {
832 	struct {
833 		u32 legacy;
834 		u8 ht_mcs[IEEE80211_HT_MCS_MASK_LEN];
835 		u16 vht_mcs[NL80211_VHT_NSS_MAX];
836 		enum nl80211_txrate_gi gi;
837 	} control[NUM_NL80211_BANDS];
838 };
839 
840 /**
841  * enum cfg80211_ap_settings_flags - AP settings flags
842  *
843  * Used by cfg80211_ap_settings
844  *
845  * @AP_SETTINGS_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT: AP supports external authentication
846  */
847 enum cfg80211_ap_settings_flags {
848 	AP_SETTINGS_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT = BIT(0),
849 };
850 
851 /**
852  * struct cfg80211_ap_settings - AP configuration
853  *
854  * Used to configure an AP interface.
855  *
856  * @chandef: defines the channel to use
857  * @beacon: beacon data
858  * @beacon_interval: beacon interval
859  * @dtim_period: DTIM period
860  * @ssid: SSID to be used in the BSS (note: may be %NULL if not provided from
861  *	user space)
862  * @ssid_len: length of @ssid
863  * @hidden_ssid: whether to hide the SSID in Beacon/Probe Response frames
864  * @crypto: crypto settings
865  * @privacy: the BSS uses privacy
866  * @auth_type: Authentication type (algorithm)
867  * @smps_mode: SMPS mode
868  * @inactivity_timeout: time in seconds to determine station's inactivity.
869  * @p2p_ctwindow: P2P CT Window
870  * @p2p_opp_ps: P2P opportunistic PS
871  * @acl: ACL configuration used by the drivers which has support for
872  *	MAC address based access control
873  * @pbss: If set, start as a PCP instead of AP. Relevant for DMG
874  *	networks.
875  * @beacon_rate: bitrate to be used for beacons
876  * @ht_cap: HT capabilities (or %NULL if HT isn't enabled)
877  * @vht_cap: VHT capabilities (or %NULL if VHT isn't enabled)
878  * @he_cap: HE capabilities (or %NULL if HE isn't enabled)
879  * @ht_required: stations must support HT
880  * @vht_required: stations must support VHT
881  * @flags: flags, as defined in enum cfg80211_ap_settings_flags
882  */
883 struct cfg80211_ap_settings {
884 	struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef;
885 
886 	struct cfg80211_beacon_data beacon;
887 
888 	int beacon_interval, dtim_period;
889 	const u8 *ssid;
890 	size_t ssid_len;
891 	enum nl80211_hidden_ssid hidden_ssid;
892 	struct cfg80211_crypto_settings crypto;
893 	bool privacy;
894 	enum nl80211_auth_type auth_type;
895 	enum nl80211_smps_mode smps_mode;
896 	int inactivity_timeout;
897 	u8 p2p_ctwindow;
898 	bool p2p_opp_ps;
899 	const struct cfg80211_acl_data *acl;
900 	bool pbss;
901 	struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask beacon_rate;
902 
903 	const struct ieee80211_ht_cap *ht_cap;
904 	const struct ieee80211_vht_cap *vht_cap;
905 	const struct ieee80211_he_cap_elem *he_cap;
906 	bool ht_required, vht_required;
907 	u32 flags;
908 };
909 
910 /**
911  * struct cfg80211_csa_settings - channel switch settings
912  *
913  * Used for channel switch
914  *
915  * @chandef: defines the channel to use after the switch
916  * @beacon_csa: beacon data while performing the switch
917  * @counter_offsets_beacon: offsets of the counters within the beacon (tail)
918  * @counter_offsets_presp: offsets of the counters within the probe response
919  * @n_counter_offsets_beacon: number of csa counters the beacon (tail)
920  * @n_counter_offsets_presp: number of csa counters in the probe response
921  * @beacon_after: beacon data to be used on the new channel
922  * @radar_required: whether radar detection is required on the new channel
923  * @block_tx: whether transmissions should be blocked while changing
924  * @count: number of beacons until switch
925  */
926 struct cfg80211_csa_settings {
927 	struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef;
928 	struct cfg80211_beacon_data beacon_csa;
929 	const u16 *counter_offsets_beacon;
930 	const u16 *counter_offsets_presp;
931 	unsigned int n_counter_offsets_beacon;
932 	unsigned int n_counter_offsets_presp;
933 	struct cfg80211_beacon_data beacon_after;
934 	bool radar_required;
935 	bool block_tx;
936 	u8 count;
937 };
938 
939 #define CFG80211_MAX_NUM_DIFFERENT_CHANNELS 10
940 
941 /**
942  * struct iface_combination_params - input parameters for interface combinations
943  *
944  * Used to pass interface combination parameters
945  *
946  * @num_different_channels: the number of different channels we want
947  *	to use for verification
948  * @radar_detect: a bitmap where each bit corresponds to a channel
949  *	width where radar detection is needed, as in the definition of
950  *	&struct ieee80211_iface_combination.@radar_detect_widths
951  * @iftype_num: array with the number of interfaces of each interface
952  *	type.  The index is the interface type as specified in &enum
953  *	nl80211_iftype.
954  * @new_beacon_int: set this to the beacon interval of a new interface
955  *	that's not operating yet, if such is to be checked as part of
956  *	the verification
957  */
958 struct iface_combination_params {
959 	int num_different_channels;
960 	u8 radar_detect;
961 	int iftype_num[NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES];
962 	u32 new_beacon_int;
963 };
964 
965 /**
966  * enum station_parameters_apply_mask - station parameter values to apply
967  * @STATION_PARAM_APPLY_UAPSD: apply new uAPSD parameters (uapsd_queues, max_sp)
968  * @STATION_PARAM_APPLY_CAPABILITY: apply new capability
969  * @STATION_PARAM_APPLY_PLINK_STATE: apply new plink state
970  *
971  * Not all station parameters have in-band "no change" signalling,
972  * for those that don't these flags will are used.
973  */
974 enum station_parameters_apply_mask {
975 	STATION_PARAM_APPLY_UAPSD = BIT(0),
976 	STATION_PARAM_APPLY_CAPABILITY = BIT(1),
977 	STATION_PARAM_APPLY_PLINK_STATE = BIT(2),
978 	STATION_PARAM_APPLY_STA_TXPOWER = BIT(3),
979 };
980 
981 /**
982  * struct sta_txpwr - station txpower configuration
983  *
984  * Used to configure txpower for station.
985  *
986  * @power: tx power (in dBm) to be used for sending data traffic. If tx power
987  *	is not provided, the default per-interface tx power setting will be
988  *	overriding. Driver should be picking up the lowest tx power, either tx
989  *	power per-interface or per-station.
990  * @type: In particular if TPC %type is NL80211_TX_POWER_LIMITED then tx power
991  *	will be less than or equal to specified from userspace, whereas if TPC
992  *	%type is NL80211_TX_POWER_AUTOMATIC then it indicates default tx power.
993  *	NL80211_TX_POWER_FIXED is not a valid configuration option for
994  *	per peer TPC.
995  */
996 struct sta_txpwr {
997 	s16 power;
998 	enum nl80211_tx_power_setting type;
999 };
1000 
1001 /**
1002  * struct station_parameters - station parameters
1003  *
1004  * Used to change and create a new station.
1005  *
1006  * @vlan: vlan interface station should belong to
1007  * @supported_rates: supported rates in IEEE 802.11 format
1008  *	(or NULL for no change)
1009  * @supported_rates_len: number of supported rates
1010  * @sta_flags_mask: station flags that changed
1011  *	(bitmask of BIT(%NL80211_STA_FLAG_...))
1012  * @sta_flags_set: station flags values
1013  *	(bitmask of BIT(%NL80211_STA_FLAG_...))
1014  * @listen_interval: listen interval or -1 for no change
1015  * @aid: AID or zero for no change
1016  * @peer_aid: mesh peer AID or zero for no change
1017  * @plink_action: plink action to take
1018  * @plink_state: set the peer link state for a station
1019  * @ht_capa: HT capabilities of station
1020  * @vht_capa: VHT capabilities of station
1021  * @uapsd_queues: bitmap of queues configured for uapsd. same format
1022  *	as the AC bitmap in the QoS info field
1023  * @max_sp: max Service Period. same format as the MAX_SP in the
1024  *	QoS info field (but already shifted down)
1025  * @sta_modify_mask: bitmap indicating which parameters changed
1026  *	(for those that don't have a natural "no change" value),
1027  *	see &enum station_parameters_apply_mask
1028  * @local_pm: local link-specific mesh power save mode (no change when set
1029  *	to unknown)
1030  * @capability: station capability
1031  * @ext_capab: extended capabilities of the station
1032  * @ext_capab_len: number of extended capabilities
1033  * @supported_channels: supported channels in IEEE 802.11 format
1034  * @supported_channels_len: number of supported channels
1035  * @supported_oper_classes: supported oper classes in IEEE 802.11 format
1036  * @supported_oper_classes_len: number of supported operating classes
1037  * @opmode_notif: operating mode field from Operating Mode Notification
1038  * @opmode_notif_used: information if operating mode field is used
1039  * @support_p2p_ps: information if station supports P2P PS mechanism
1040  * @he_capa: HE capabilities of station
1041  * @he_capa_len: the length of the HE capabilities
1042  * @airtime_weight: airtime scheduler weight for this station
1043  */
1044 struct station_parameters {
1045 	const u8 *supported_rates;
1046 	struct net_device *vlan;
1047 	u32 sta_flags_mask, sta_flags_set;
1048 	u32 sta_modify_mask;
1049 	int listen_interval;
1050 	u16 aid;
1051 	u16 peer_aid;
1052 	u8 supported_rates_len;
1053 	u8 plink_action;
1054 	u8 plink_state;
1055 	const struct ieee80211_ht_cap *ht_capa;
1056 	const struct ieee80211_vht_cap *vht_capa;
1057 	u8 uapsd_queues;
1058 	u8 max_sp;
1059 	enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode local_pm;
1060 	u16 capability;
1061 	const u8 *ext_capab;
1062 	u8 ext_capab_len;
1063 	const u8 *supported_channels;
1064 	u8 supported_channels_len;
1065 	const u8 *supported_oper_classes;
1066 	u8 supported_oper_classes_len;
1067 	u8 opmode_notif;
1068 	bool opmode_notif_used;
1069 	int support_p2p_ps;
1070 	const struct ieee80211_he_cap_elem *he_capa;
1071 	u8 he_capa_len;
1072 	u16 airtime_weight;
1073 	struct sta_txpwr txpwr;
1074 };
1075 
1076 /**
1077  * struct station_del_parameters - station deletion parameters
1078  *
1079  * Used to delete a station entry (or all stations).
1080  *
1081  * @mac: MAC address of the station to remove or NULL to remove all stations
1082  * @subtype: Management frame subtype to use for indicating removal
1083  *	(10 = Disassociation, 12 = Deauthentication)
1084  * @reason_code: Reason code for the Disassociation/Deauthentication frame
1085  */
1086 struct station_del_parameters {
1087 	const u8 *mac;
1088 	u8 subtype;
1089 	u16 reason_code;
1090 };
1091 
1092 /**
1093  * enum cfg80211_station_type - the type of station being modified
1094  * @CFG80211_STA_AP_CLIENT: client of an AP interface
1095  * @CFG80211_STA_AP_CLIENT_UNASSOC: client of an AP interface that is still
1096  *	unassociated (update properties for this type of client is permitted)
1097  * @CFG80211_STA_AP_MLME_CLIENT: client of an AP interface that has
1098  *	the AP MLME in the device
1099  * @CFG80211_STA_AP_STA: AP station on managed interface
1100  * @CFG80211_STA_IBSS: IBSS station
1101  * @CFG80211_STA_TDLS_PEER_SETUP: TDLS peer on managed interface (dummy entry
1102  *	while TDLS setup is in progress, it moves out of this state when
1103  *	being marked authorized; use this only if TDLS with external setup is
1104  *	supported/used)
1105  * @CFG80211_STA_TDLS_PEER_ACTIVE: TDLS peer on managed interface (active
1106  *	entry that is operating, has been marked authorized by userspace)
1107  * @CFG80211_STA_MESH_PEER_KERNEL: peer on mesh interface (kernel managed)
1108  * @CFG80211_STA_MESH_PEER_USER: peer on mesh interface (user managed)
1109  */
1110 enum cfg80211_station_type {
1111 	CFG80211_STA_AP_CLIENT,
1112 	CFG80211_STA_AP_CLIENT_UNASSOC,
1113 	CFG80211_STA_AP_MLME_CLIENT,
1114 	CFG80211_STA_AP_STA,
1115 	CFG80211_STA_IBSS,
1116 	CFG80211_STA_TDLS_PEER_SETUP,
1117 	CFG80211_STA_TDLS_PEER_ACTIVE,
1118 	CFG80211_STA_MESH_PEER_KERNEL,
1119 	CFG80211_STA_MESH_PEER_USER,
1120 };
1121 
1122 /**
1123  * cfg80211_check_station_change - validate parameter changes
1124  * @wiphy: the wiphy this operates on
1125  * @params: the new parameters for a station
1126  * @statype: the type of station being modified
1127  *
1128  * Utility function for the @change_station driver method. Call this function
1129  * with the appropriate station type looking up the station (and checking that
1130  * it exists). It will verify whether the station change is acceptable, and if
1131  * not will return an error code. Note that it may modify the parameters for
1132  * backward compatibility reasons, so don't use them before calling this.
1133  */
1134 int cfg80211_check_station_change(struct wiphy *wiphy,
1135 				  struct station_parameters *params,
1136 				  enum cfg80211_station_type statype);
1137 
1138 /**
1139  * enum station_info_rate_flags - bitrate info flags
1140  *
1141  * Used by the driver to indicate the specific rate transmission
1142  * type for 802.11n transmissions.
1143  *
1144  * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_MCS: mcs field filled with HT MCS
1145  * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_VHT_MCS: mcs field filled with VHT MCS
1146  * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_SHORT_GI: 400ns guard interval
1147  * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_60G: 60GHz MCS
1148  * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_HE_MCS: HE MCS information
1149  */
1150 enum rate_info_flags {
1151 	RATE_INFO_FLAGS_MCS			= BIT(0),
1152 	RATE_INFO_FLAGS_VHT_MCS			= BIT(1),
1153 	RATE_INFO_FLAGS_SHORT_GI		= BIT(2),
1154 	RATE_INFO_FLAGS_60G			= BIT(3),
1155 	RATE_INFO_FLAGS_HE_MCS			= BIT(4),
1156 };
1157 
1158 /**
1159  * enum rate_info_bw - rate bandwidth information
1160  *
1161  * Used by the driver to indicate the rate bandwidth.
1162  *
1163  * @RATE_INFO_BW_5: 5 MHz bandwidth
1164  * @RATE_INFO_BW_10: 10 MHz bandwidth
1165  * @RATE_INFO_BW_20: 20 MHz bandwidth
1166  * @RATE_INFO_BW_40: 40 MHz bandwidth
1167  * @RATE_INFO_BW_80: 80 MHz bandwidth
1168  * @RATE_INFO_BW_160: 160 MHz bandwidth
1169  * @RATE_INFO_BW_HE_RU: bandwidth determined by HE RU allocation
1170  */
1171 enum rate_info_bw {
1172 	RATE_INFO_BW_20 = 0,
1173 	RATE_INFO_BW_5,
1174 	RATE_INFO_BW_10,
1175 	RATE_INFO_BW_40,
1176 	RATE_INFO_BW_80,
1177 	RATE_INFO_BW_160,
1178 	RATE_INFO_BW_HE_RU,
1179 };
1180 
1181 /**
1182  * struct rate_info - bitrate information
1183  *
1184  * Information about a receiving or transmitting bitrate
1185  *
1186  * @flags: bitflag of flags from &enum rate_info_flags
1187  * @mcs: mcs index if struct describes an HT/VHT/HE rate
1188  * @legacy: bitrate in 100kbit/s for 802.11abg
1189  * @nss: number of streams (VHT & HE only)
1190  * @bw: bandwidth (from &enum rate_info_bw)
1191  * @he_gi: HE guard interval (from &enum nl80211_he_gi)
1192  * @he_dcm: HE DCM value
1193  * @he_ru_alloc: HE RU allocation (from &enum nl80211_he_ru_alloc,
1194  *	only valid if bw is %RATE_INFO_BW_HE_RU)
1195  */
1196 struct rate_info {
1197 	u8 flags;
1198 	u8 mcs;
1199 	u16 legacy;
1200 	u8 nss;
1201 	u8 bw;
1202 	u8 he_gi;
1203 	u8 he_dcm;
1204 	u8 he_ru_alloc;
1205 };
1206 
1207 /**
1208  * enum station_info_rate_flags - bitrate info flags
1209  *
1210  * Used by the driver to indicate the specific rate transmission
1211  * type for 802.11n transmissions.
1212  *
1213  * @BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_CTS_PROT: whether CTS protection is enabled
1214  * @BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_SHORT_PREAMBLE: whether short preamble is enabled
1215  * @BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_SHORT_SLOT_TIME: whether short slot time is enabled
1216  */
1217 enum bss_param_flags {
1218 	BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_CTS_PROT	= 1<<0,
1219 	BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_SHORT_PREAMBLE	= 1<<1,
1220 	BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_SHORT_SLOT_TIME	= 1<<2,
1221 };
1222 
1223 /**
1224  * struct sta_bss_parameters - BSS parameters for the attached station
1225  *
1226  * Information about the currently associated BSS
1227  *
1228  * @flags: bitflag of flags from &enum bss_param_flags
1229  * @dtim_period: DTIM period for the BSS
1230  * @beacon_interval: beacon interval
1231  */
1232 struct sta_bss_parameters {
1233 	u8 flags;
1234 	u8 dtim_period;
1235 	u16 beacon_interval;
1236 };
1237 
1238 /**
1239  * struct cfg80211_txq_stats - TXQ statistics for this TID
1240  * @filled: bitmap of flags using the bits of &enum nl80211_txq_stats to
1241  *	indicate the relevant values in this struct are filled
1242  * @backlog_bytes: total number of bytes currently backlogged
1243  * @backlog_packets: total number of packets currently backlogged
1244  * @flows: number of new flows seen
1245  * @drops: total number of packets dropped
1246  * @ecn_marks: total number of packets marked with ECN CE
1247  * @overlimit: number of drops due to queue space overflow
1248  * @overmemory: number of drops due to memory limit overflow
1249  * @collisions: number of hash collisions
1250  * @tx_bytes: total number of bytes dequeued
1251  * @tx_packets: total number of packets dequeued
1252  * @max_flows: maximum number of flows supported
1253  */
1254 struct cfg80211_txq_stats {
1255 	u32 filled;
1256 	u32 backlog_bytes;
1257 	u32 backlog_packets;
1258 	u32 flows;
1259 	u32 drops;
1260 	u32 ecn_marks;
1261 	u32 overlimit;
1262 	u32 overmemory;
1263 	u32 collisions;
1264 	u32 tx_bytes;
1265 	u32 tx_packets;
1266 	u32 max_flows;
1267 };
1268 
1269 /**
1270  * struct cfg80211_tid_stats - per-TID statistics
1271  * @filled: bitmap of flags using the bits of &enum nl80211_tid_stats to
1272  *	indicate the relevant values in this struct are filled
1273  * @rx_msdu: number of received MSDUs
1274  * @tx_msdu: number of (attempted) transmitted MSDUs
1275  * @tx_msdu_retries: number of retries (not counting the first) for
1276  *	transmitted MSDUs
1277  * @tx_msdu_failed: number of failed transmitted MSDUs
1278  * @txq_stats: TXQ statistics
1279  */
1280 struct cfg80211_tid_stats {
1281 	u32 filled;
1282 	u64 rx_msdu;
1283 	u64 tx_msdu;
1284 	u64 tx_msdu_retries;
1285 	u64 tx_msdu_failed;
1286 	struct cfg80211_txq_stats txq_stats;
1287 };
1288 
1289 #define IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS	4
1290 
1291 /**
1292  * struct station_info - station information
1293  *
1294  * Station information filled by driver for get_station() and dump_station.
1295  *
1296  * @filled: bitflag of flags using the bits of &enum nl80211_sta_info to
1297  *	indicate the relevant values in this struct for them
1298  * @connected_time: time(in secs) since a station is last connected
1299  * @inactive_time: time since last station activity (tx/rx) in milliseconds
1300  * @rx_bytes: bytes (size of MPDUs) received from this station
1301  * @tx_bytes: bytes (size of MPDUs) transmitted to this station
1302  * @llid: mesh local link id
1303  * @plid: mesh peer link id
1304  * @plink_state: mesh peer link state
1305  * @signal: The signal strength, type depends on the wiphy's signal_type.
1306  *	For CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_MBM, value is expressed in _dBm_.
1307  * @signal_avg: Average signal strength, type depends on the wiphy's signal_type.
1308  *	For CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_MBM, value is expressed in _dBm_.
1309  * @chains: bitmask for filled values in @chain_signal, @chain_signal_avg
1310  * @chain_signal: per-chain signal strength of last received packet in dBm
1311  * @chain_signal_avg: per-chain signal strength average in dBm
1312  * @txrate: current unicast bitrate from this station
1313  * @rxrate: current unicast bitrate to this station
1314  * @rx_packets: packets (MSDUs & MMPDUs) received from this station
1315  * @tx_packets: packets (MSDUs & MMPDUs) transmitted to this station
1316  * @tx_retries: cumulative retry counts (MPDUs)
1317  * @tx_failed: number of failed transmissions (MPDUs) (retries exceeded, no ACK)
1318  * @rx_dropped_misc:  Dropped for un-specified reason.
1319  * @bss_param: current BSS parameters
1320  * @generation: generation number for nl80211 dumps.
1321  *	This number should increase every time the list of stations
1322  *	changes, i.e. when a station is added or removed, so that
1323  *	userspace can tell whether it got a consistent snapshot.
1324  * @assoc_req_ies: IEs from (Re)Association Request.
1325  *	This is used only when in AP mode with drivers that do not use
1326  *	user space MLME/SME implementation. The information is provided for
1327  *	the cfg80211_new_sta() calls to notify user space of the IEs.
1328  * @assoc_req_ies_len: Length of assoc_req_ies buffer in octets.
1329  * @sta_flags: station flags mask & values
1330  * @beacon_loss_count: Number of times beacon loss event has triggered.
1331  * @t_offset: Time offset of the station relative to this host.
1332  * @local_pm: local mesh STA power save mode
1333  * @peer_pm: peer mesh STA power save mode
1334  * @nonpeer_pm: non-peer mesh STA power save mode
1335  * @expected_throughput: expected throughput in kbps (including 802.11 headers)
1336  *	towards this station.
1337  * @rx_beacon: number of beacons received from this peer
1338  * @rx_beacon_signal_avg: signal strength average (in dBm) for beacons received
1339  *	from this peer
1340  * @connected_to_gate: true if mesh STA has a path to mesh gate
1341  * @rx_duration: aggregate PPDU duration(usecs) for all the frames from a peer
1342  * @tx_duration: aggregate PPDU duration(usecs) for all the frames to a peer
1343  * @airtime_weight: current airtime scheduling weight
1344  * @pertid: per-TID statistics, see &struct cfg80211_tid_stats, using the last
1345  *	(IEEE80211_NUM_TIDS) index for MSDUs not encapsulated in QoS-MPDUs.
1346  *	Note that this doesn't use the @filled bit, but is used if non-NULL.
1347  * @ack_signal: signal strength (in dBm) of the last ACK frame.
1348  * @avg_ack_signal: average rssi value of ack packet for the no of msdu's has
1349  *	been sent.
1350  * @rx_mpdu_count: number of MPDUs received from this station
1351  * @fcs_err_count: number of packets (MPDUs) received from this station with
1352  *	an FCS error. This counter should be incremented only when TA of the
1353  *	received packet with an FCS error matches the peer MAC address.
1354  * @airtime_link_metric: mesh airtime link metric.
1355  */
1356 struct station_info {
1357 	u64 filled;
1358 	u32 connected_time;
1359 	u32 inactive_time;
1360 	u64 rx_bytes;
1361 	u64 tx_bytes;
1362 	u16 llid;
1363 	u16 plid;
1364 	u8 plink_state;
1365 	s8 signal;
1366 	s8 signal_avg;
1367 
1368 	u8 chains;
1369 	s8 chain_signal[IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS];
1370 	s8 chain_signal_avg[IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS];
1371 
1372 	struct rate_info txrate;
1373 	struct rate_info rxrate;
1374 	u32 rx_packets;
1375 	u32 tx_packets;
1376 	u32 tx_retries;
1377 	u32 tx_failed;
1378 	u32 rx_dropped_misc;
1379 	struct sta_bss_parameters bss_param;
1380 	struct nl80211_sta_flag_update sta_flags;
1381 
1382 	int generation;
1383 
1384 	const u8 *assoc_req_ies;
1385 	size_t assoc_req_ies_len;
1386 
1387 	u32 beacon_loss_count;
1388 	s64 t_offset;
1389 	enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode local_pm;
1390 	enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode peer_pm;
1391 	enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode nonpeer_pm;
1392 
1393 	u32 expected_throughput;
1394 
1395 	u64 tx_duration;
1396 	u64 rx_duration;
1397 	u64 rx_beacon;
1398 	u8 rx_beacon_signal_avg;
1399 	u8 connected_to_gate;
1400 
1401 	struct cfg80211_tid_stats *pertid;
1402 	s8 ack_signal;
1403 	s8 avg_ack_signal;
1404 
1405 	u16 airtime_weight;
1406 
1407 	u32 rx_mpdu_count;
1408 	u32 fcs_err_count;
1409 
1410 	u32 airtime_link_metric;
1411 };
1412 
1413 #if IS_ENABLED(CONFIG_CFG80211)
1414 /**
1415  * cfg80211_get_station - retrieve information about a given station
1416  * @dev: the device where the station is supposed to be connected to
1417  * @mac_addr: the mac address of the station of interest
1418  * @sinfo: pointer to the structure to fill with the information
1419  *
1420  * Returns 0 on success and sinfo is filled with the available information
1421  * otherwise returns a negative error code and the content of sinfo has to be
1422  * considered undefined.
1423  */
1424 int cfg80211_get_station(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *mac_addr,
1425 			 struct station_info *sinfo);
1426 #else
1427 static inline int cfg80211_get_station(struct net_device *dev,
1428 				       const u8 *mac_addr,
1429 				       struct station_info *sinfo)
1430 {
1431 	return -ENOENT;
1432 }
1433 #endif
1434 
1435 /**
1436  * enum monitor_flags - monitor flags
1437  *
1438  * Monitor interface configuration flags. Note that these must be the bits
1439  * according to the nl80211 flags.
1440  *
1441  * @MONITOR_FLAG_CHANGED: set if the flags were changed
1442  * @MONITOR_FLAG_FCSFAIL: pass frames with bad FCS
1443  * @MONITOR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL: pass frames with bad PLCP
1444  * @MONITOR_FLAG_CONTROL: pass control frames
1445  * @MONITOR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS: disable BSSID filtering
1446  * @MONITOR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES: report frames after processing
1447  * @MONITOR_FLAG_ACTIVE: active monitor, ACKs frames on its MAC address
1448  */
1449 enum monitor_flags {
1450 	MONITOR_FLAG_CHANGED		= 1<<__NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_INVALID,
1451 	MONITOR_FLAG_FCSFAIL		= 1<<NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_FCSFAIL,
1452 	MONITOR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL		= 1<<NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL,
1453 	MONITOR_FLAG_CONTROL		= 1<<NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_CONTROL,
1454 	MONITOR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS		= 1<<NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS,
1455 	MONITOR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES	= 1<<NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES,
1456 	MONITOR_FLAG_ACTIVE		= 1<<NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_ACTIVE,
1457 };
1458 
1459 /**
1460  * enum mpath_info_flags -  mesh path information flags
1461  *
1462  * Used by the driver to indicate which info in &struct mpath_info it has filled
1463  * in during get_station() or dump_station().
1464  *
1465  * @MPATH_INFO_FRAME_QLEN: @frame_qlen filled
1466  * @MPATH_INFO_SN: @sn filled
1467  * @MPATH_INFO_METRIC: @metric filled
1468  * @MPATH_INFO_EXPTIME: @exptime filled
1469  * @MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT: @discovery_timeout filled
1470  * @MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_RETRIES: @discovery_retries filled
1471  * @MPATH_INFO_FLAGS: @flags filled
1472  * @MPATH_INFO_HOP_COUNT: @hop_count filled
1473  * @MPATH_INFO_PATH_CHANGE: @path_change_count filled
1474  */
1475 enum mpath_info_flags {
1476 	MPATH_INFO_FRAME_QLEN		= BIT(0),
1477 	MPATH_INFO_SN			= BIT(1),
1478 	MPATH_INFO_METRIC		= BIT(2),
1479 	MPATH_INFO_EXPTIME		= BIT(3),
1480 	MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT	= BIT(4),
1481 	MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_RETRIES	= BIT(5),
1482 	MPATH_INFO_FLAGS		= BIT(6),
1483 	MPATH_INFO_HOP_COUNT		= BIT(7),
1484 	MPATH_INFO_PATH_CHANGE		= BIT(8),
1485 };
1486 
1487 /**
1488  * struct mpath_info - mesh path information
1489  *
1490  * Mesh path information filled by driver for get_mpath() and dump_mpath().
1491  *
1492  * @filled: bitfield of flags from &enum mpath_info_flags
1493  * @frame_qlen: number of queued frames for this destination
1494  * @sn: target sequence number
1495  * @metric: metric (cost) of this mesh path
1496  * @exptime: expiration time for the mesh path from now, in msecs
1497  * @flags: mesh path flags
1498  * @discovery_timeout: total mesh path discovery timeout, in msecs
1499  * @discovery_retries: mesh path discovery retries
1500  * @generation: generation number for nl80211 dumps.
1501  *	This number should increase every time the list of mesh paths
1502  *	changes, i.e. when a station is added or removed, so that
1503  *	userspace can tell whether it got a consistent snapshot.
1504  * @hop_count: hops to destination
1505  * @path_change_count: total number of path changes to destination
1506  */
1507 struct mpath_info {
1508 	u32 filled;
1509 	u32 frame_qlen;
1510 	u32 sn;
1511 	u32 metric;
1512 	u32 exptime;
1513 	u32 discovery_timeout;
1514 	u8 discovery_retries;
1515 	u8 flags;
1516 	u8 hop_count;
1517 	u32 path_change_count;
1518 
1519 	int generation;
1520 };
1521 
1522 /**
1523  * struct bss_parameters - BSS parameters
1524  *
1525  * Used to change BSS parameters (mainly for AP mode).
1526  *
1527  * @use_cts_prot: Whether to use CTS protection
1528  *	(0 = no, 1 = yes, -1 = do not change)
1529  * @use_short_preamble: Whether the use of short preambles is allowed
1530  *	(0 = no, 1 = yes, -1 = do not change)
1531  * @use_short_slot_time: Whether the use of short slot time is allowed
1532  *	(0 = no, 1 = yes, -1 = do not change)
1533  * @basic_rates: basic rates in IEEE 802.11 format
1534  *	(or NULL for no change)
1535  * @basic_rates_len: number of basic rates
1536  * @ap_isolate: do not forward packets between connected stations
1537  * @ht_opmode: HT Operation mode
1538  * 	(u16 = opmode, -1 = do not change)
1539  * @p2p_ctwindow: P2P CT Window (-1 = no change)
1540  * @p2p_opp_ps: P2P opportunistic PS (-1 = no change)
1541  */
1542 struct bss_parameters {
1543 	int use_cts_prot;
1544 	int use_short_preamble;
1545 	int use_short_slot_time;
1546 	const u8 *basic_rates;
1547 	u8 basic_rates_len;
1548 	int ap_isolate;
1549 	int ht_opmode;
1550 	s8 p2p_ctwindow, p2p_opp_ps;
1551 };
1552 
1553 /**
1554  * struct mesh_config - 802.11s mesh configuration
1555  *
1556  * These parameters can be changed while the mesh is active.
1557  *
1558  * @dot11MeshRetryTimeout: the initial retry timeout in millisecond units used
1559  *	by the Mesh Peering Open message
1560  * @dot11MeshConfirmTimeout: the initial retry timeout in millisecond units
1561  *	used by the Mesh Peering Open message
1562  * @dot11MeshHoldingTimeout: the confirm timeout in millisecond units used by
1563  *	the mesh peering management to close a mesh peering
1564  * @dot11MeshMaxPeerLinks: the maximum number of peer links allowed on this
1565  *	mesh interface
1566  * @dot11MeshMaxRetries: the maximum number of peer link open retries that can
1567  *	be sent to establish a new peer link instance in a mesh
1568  * @dot11MeshTTL: the value of TTL field set at a source mesh STA
1569  * @element_ttl: the value of TTL field set at a mesh STA for path selection
1570  *	elements
1571  * @auto_open_plinks: whether we should automatically open peer links when we
1572  *	detect compatible mesh peers
1573  * @dot11MeshNbrOffsetMaxNeighbor: the maximum number of neighbors to
1574  *	synchronize to for 11s default synchronization method
1575  * @dot11MeshHWMPmaxPREQretries: the number of action frames containing a PREQ
1576  *	that an originator mesh STA can send to a particular path target
1577  * @path_refresh_time: how frequently to refresh mesh paths in milliseconds
1578  * @min_discovery_timeout: the minimum length of time to wait until giving up on
1579  *	a path discovery in milliseconds
1580  * @dot11MeshHWMPactivePathTimeout: the time (in TUs) for which mesh STAs
1581  *	receiving a PREQ shall consider the forwarding information from the
1582  *	root to be valid. (TU = time unit)
1583  * @dot11MeshHWMPpreqMinInterval: the minimum interval of time (in TUs) during
1584  *	which a mesh STA can send only one action frame containing a PREQ
1585  *	element
1586  * @dot11MeshHWMPperrMinInterval: the minimum interval of time (in TUs) during
1587  *	which a mesh STA can send only one Action frame containing a PERR
1588  *	element
1589  * @dot11MeshHWMPnetDiameterTraversalTime: the interval of time (in TUs) that
1590  *	it takes for an HWMP information element to propagate across the mesh
1591  * @dot11MeshHWMPRootMode: the configuration of a mesh STA as root mesh STA
1592  * @dot11MeshHWMPRannInterval: the interval of time (in TUs) between root
1593  *	announcements are transmitted
1594  * @dot11MeshGateAnnouncementProtocol: whether to advertise that this mesh
1595  *	station has access to a broader network beyond the MBSS. (This is
1596  *	missnamed in draft 12.0: dot11MeshGateAnnouncementProtocol set to true
1597  *	only means that the station will announce others it's a mesh gate, but
1598  *	not necessarily using the gate announcement protocol. Still keeping the
1599  *	same nomenclature to be in sync with the spec)
1600  * @dot11MeshForwarding: whether the Mesh STA is forwarding or non-forwarding
1601  *	entity (default is TRUE - forwarding entity)
1602  * @rssi_threshold: the threshold for average signal strength of candidate
1603  *	station to establish a peer link
1604  * @ht_opmode: mesh HT protection mode
1605  *
1606  * @dot11MeshHWMPactivePathToRootTimeout: The time (in TUs) for which mesh STAs
1607  *	receiving a proactive PREQ shall consider the forwarding information to
1608  *	the root mesh STA to be valid.
1609  *
1610  * @dot11MeshHWMProotInterval: The interval of time (in TUs) between proactive
1611  *	PREQs are transmitted.
1612  * @dot11MeshHWMPconfirmationInterval: The minimum interval of time (in TUs)
1613  *	during which a mesh STA can send only one Action frame containing
1614  *	a PREQ element for root path confirmation.
1615  * @power_mode: The default mesh power save mode which will be the initial
1616  *	setting for new peer links.
1617  * @dot11MeshAwakeWindowDuration: The duration in TUs the STA will remain awake
1618  *	after transmitting its beacon.
1619  * @plink_timeout: If no tx activity is seen from a STA we've established
1620  *	peering with for longer than this time (in seconds), then remove it
1621  *	from the STA's list of peers.  Default is 30 minutes.
1622  * @dot11MeshConnectedToMeshGate: if set to true, advertise that this STA is
1623  *      connected to a mesh gate in mesh formation info.  If false, the
1624  *      value in mesh formation is determined by the presence of root paths
1625  *      in the mesh path table
1626  */
1627 struct mesh_config {
1628 	u16 dot11MeshRetryTimeout;
1629 	u16 dot11MeshConfirmTimeout;
1630 	u16 dot11MeshHoldingTimeout;
1631 	u16 dot11MeshMaxPeerLinks;
1632 	u8 dot11MeshMaxRetries;
1633 	u8 dot11MeshTTL;
1634 	u8 element_ttl;
1635 	bool auto_open_plinks;
1636 	u32 dot11MeshNbrOffsetMaxNeighbor;
1637 	u8 dot11MeshHWMPmaxPREQretries;
1638 	u32 path_refresh_time;
1639 	u16 min_discovery_timeout;
1640 	u32 dot11MeshHWMPactivePathTimeout;
1641 	u16 dot11MeshHWMPpreqMinInterval;
1642 	u16 dot11MeshHWMPperrMinInterval;
1643 	u16 dot11MeshHWMPnetDiameterTraversalTime;
1644 	u8 dot11MeshHWMPRootMode;
1645 	bool dot11MeshConnectedToMeshGate;
1646 	u16 dot11MeshHWMPRannInterval;
1647 	bool dot11MeshGateAnnouncementProtocol;
1648 	bool dot11MeshForwarding;
1649 	s32 rssi_threshold;
1650 	u16 ht_opmode;
1651 	u32 dot11MeshHWMPactivePathToRootTimeout;
1652 	u16 dot11MeshHWMProotInterval;
1653 	u16 dot11MeshHWMPconfirmationInterval;
1654 	enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode power_mode;
1655 	u16 dot11MeshAwakeWindowDuration;
1656 	u32 plink_timeout;
1657 };
1658 
1659 /**
1660  * struct mesh_setup - 802.11s mesh setup configuration
1661  * @chandef: defines the channel to use
1662  * @mesh_id: the mesh ID
1663  * @mesh_id_len: length of the mesh ID, at least 1 and at most 32 bytes
1664  * @sync_method: which synchronization method to use
1665  * @path_sel_proto: which path selection protocol to use
1666  * @path_metric: which metric to use
1667  * @auth_id: which authentication method this mesh is using
1668  * @ie: vendor information elements (optional)
1669  * @ie_len: length of vendor information elements
1670  * @is_authenticated: this mesh requires authentication
1671  * @is_secure: this mesh uses security
1672  * @user_mpm: userspace handles all MPM functions
1673  * @dtim_period: DTIM period to use
1674  * @beacon_interval: beacon interval to use
1675  * @mcast_rate: multicat rate for Mesh Node [6Mbps is the default for 802.11a]
1676  * @basic_rates: basic rates to use when creating the mesh
1677  * @beacon_rate: bitrate to be used for beacons
1678  * @userspace_handles_dfs: whether user space controls DFS operation, i.e.
1679  *	changes the channel when a radar is detected. This is required
1680  *	to operate on DFS channels.
1681  * @control_port_over_nl80211: TRUE if userspace expects to exchange control
1682  *	port frames over NL80211 instead of the network interface.
1683  *
1684  * These parameters are fixed when the mesh is created.
1685  */
1686 struct mesh_setup {
1687 	struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef;
1688 	const u8 *mesh_id;
1689 	u8 mesh_id_len;
1690 	u8 sync_method;
1691 	u8 path_sel_proto;
1692 	u8 path_metric;
1693 	u8 auth_id;
1694 	const u8 *ie;
1695 	u8 ie_len;
1696 	bool is_authenticated;
1697 	bool is_secure;
1698 	bool user_mpm;
1699 	u8 dtim_period;
1700 	u16 beacon_interval;
1701 	int mcast_rate[NUM_NL80211_BANDS];
1702 	u32 basic_rates;
1703 	struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask beacon_rate;
1704 	bool userspace_handles_dfs;
1705 	bool control_port_over_nl80211;
1706 };
1707 
1708 /**
1709  * struct ocb_setup - 802.11p OCB mode setup configuration
1710  * @chandef: defines the channel to use
1711  *
1712  * These parameters are fixed when connecting to the network
1713  */
1714 struct ocb_setup {
1715 	struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef;
1716 };
1717 
1718 /**
1719  * struct ieee80211_txq_params - TX queue parameters
1720  * @ac: AC identifier
1721  * @txop: Maximum burst time in units of 32 usecs, 0 meaning disabled
1722  * @cwmin: Minimum contention window [a value of the form 2^n-1 in the range
1723  *	1..32767]
1724  * @cwmax: Maximum contention window [a value of the form 2^n-1 in the range
1725  *	1..32767]
1726  * @aifs: Arbitration interframe space [0..255]
1727  */
1728 struct ieee80211_txq_params {
1729 	enum nl80211_ac ac;
1730 	u16 txop;
1731 	u16 cwmin;
1732 	u16 cwmax;
1733 	u8 aifs;
1734 };
1735 
1736 /**
1737  * DOC: Scanning and BSS list handling
1738  *
1739  * The scanning process itself is fairly simple, but cfg80211 offers quite
1740  * a bit of helper functionality. To start a scan, the scan operation will
1741  * be invoked with a scan definition. This scan definition contains the
1742  * channels to scan, and the SSIDs to send probe requests for (including the
1743  * wildcard, if desired). A passive scan is indicated by having no SSIDs to
1744  * probe. Additionally, a scan request may contain extra information elements
1745  * that should be added to the probe request. The IEs are guaranteed to be
1746  * well-formed, and will not exceed the maximum length the driver advertised
1747  * in the wiphy structure.
1748  *
1749  * When scanning finds a BSS, cfg80211 needs to be notified of that, because
1750  * it is responsible for maintaining the BSS list; the driver should not
1751  * maintain a list itself. For this notification, various functions exist.
1752  *
1753  * Since drivers do not maintain a BSS list, there are also a number of
1754  * functions to search for a BSS and obtain information about it from the
1755  * BSS structure cfg80211 maintains. The BSS list is also made available
1756  * to userspace.
1757  */
1758 
1759 /**
1760  * struct cfg80211_ssid - SSID description
1761  * @ssid: the SSID
1762  * @ssid_len: length of the ssid
1763  */
1764 struct cfg80211_ssid {
1765 	u8 ssid[IEEE80211_MAX_SSID_LEN];
1766 	u8 ssid_len;
1767 };
1768 
1769 /**
1770  * struct cfg80211_scan_info - information about completed scan
1771  * @scan_start_tsf: scan start time in terms of the TSF of the BSS that the
1772  *	wireless device that requested the scan is connected to. If this
1773  *	information is not available, this field is left zero.
1774  * @tsf_bssid: the BSSID according to which %scan_start_tsf is set.
1775  * @aborted: set to true if the scan was aborted for any reason,
1776  *	userspace will be notified of that
1777  */
1778 struct cfg80211_scan_info {
1779 	u64 scan_start_tsf;
1780 	u8 tsf_bssid[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2);
1781 	bool aborted;
1782 };
1783 
1784 /**
1785  * struct cfg80211_scan_request - scan request description
1786  *
1787  * @ssids: SSIDs to scan for (active scan only)
1788  * @n_ssids: number of SSIDs
1789  * @channels: channels to scan on.
1790  * @n_channels: total number of channels to scan
1791  * @scan_width: channel width for scanning
1792  * @ie: optional information element(s) to add into Probe Request or %NULL
1793  * @ie_len: length of ie in octets
1794  * @duration: how long to listen on each channel, in TUs. If
1795  *	%duration_mandatory is not set, this is the maximum dwell time and
1796  *	the actual dwell time may be shorter.
1797  * @duration_mandatory: if set, the scan duration must be as specified by the
1798  *	%duration field.
1799  * @flags: bit field of flags controlling operation
1800  * @rates: bitmap of rates to advertise for each band
1801  * @wiphy: the wiphy this was for
1802  * @scan_start: time (in jiffies) when the scan started
1803  * @wdev: the wireless device to scan for
1804  * @info: (internal) information about completed scan
1805  * @notified: (internal) scan request was notified as done or aborted
1806  * @no_cck: used to send probe requests at non CCK rate in 2GHz band
1807  * @mac_addr: MAC address used with randomisation
1808  * @mac_addr_mask: MAC address mask used with randomisation, bits that
1809  *	are 0 in the mask should be randomised, bits that are 1 should
1810  *	be taken from the @mac_addr
1811  * @bssid: BSSID to scan for (most commonly, the wildcard BSSID)
1812  */
1813 struct cfg80211_scan_request {
1814 	struct cfg80211_ssid *ssids;
1815 	int n_ssids;
1816 	u32 n_channels;
1817 	enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width;
1818 	const u8 *ie;
1819 	size_t ie_len;
1820 	u16 duration;
1821 	bool duration_mandatory;
1822 	u32 flags;
1823 
1824 	u32 rates[NUM_NL80211_BANDS];
1825 
1826 	struct wireless_dev *wdev;
1827 
1828 	u8 mac_addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2);
1829 	u8 mac_addr_mask[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2);
1830 	u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2);
1831 
1832 	/* internal */
1833 	struct wiphy *wiphy;
1834 	unsigned long scan_start;
1835 	struct cfg80211_scan_info info;
1836 	bool notified;
1837 	bool no_cck;
1838 
1839 	/* keep last */
1840 	struct ieee80211_channel *channels[0];
1841 };
1842 
1843 static inline void get_random_mask_addr(u8 *buf, const u8 *addr, const u8 *mask)
1844 {
1845 	int i;
1846 
1847 	get_random_bytes(buf, ETH_ALEN);
1848 	for (i = 0; i < ETH_ALEN; i++) {
1849 		buf[i] &= ~mask[i];
1850 		buf[i] |= addr[i] & mask[i];
1851 	}
1852 }
1853 
1854 /**
1855  * struct cfg80211_match_set - sets of attributes to match
1856  *
1857  * @ssid: SSID to be matched; may be zero-length in case of BSSID match
1858  *	or no match (RSSI only)
1859  * @bssid: BSSID to be matched; may be all-zero BSSID in case of SSID match
1860  *	or no match (RSSI only)
1861  * @rssi_thold: don't report scan results below this threshold (in s32 dBm)
1862  * @per_band_rssi_thold: Minimum rssi threshold for each band to be applied
1863  *	for filtering out scan results received. Drivers advertize this support
1864  *	of band specific rssi based filtering through the feature capability
1865  *	%NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_BAND_SPECIFIC_RSSI_THOLD. These band
1866  *	specific rssi thresholds take precedence over rssi_thold, if specified.
1867  *	If not specified for any band, it will be assigned with rssi_thold of
1868  *	corresponding matchset.
1869  */
1870 struct cfg80211_match_set {
1871 	struct cfg80211_ssid ssid;
1872 	u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN];
1873 	s32 rssi_thold;
1874 	s32 per_band_rssi_thold[NUM_NL80211_BANDS];
1875 };
1876 
1877 /**
1878  * struct cfg80211_sched_scan_plan - scan plan for scheduled scan
1879  *
1880  * @interval: interval between scheduled scan iterations. In seconds.
1881  * @iterations: number of scan iterations in this scan plan. Zero means
1882  *	infinite loop.
1883  *	The last scan plan will always have this parameter set to zero,
1884  *	all other scan plans will have a finite number of iterations.
1885  */
1886 struct cfg80211_sched_scan_plan {
1887 	u32 interval;
1888 	u32 iterations;
1889 };
1890 
1891 /**
1892  * struct cfg80211_bss_select_adjust - BSS selection with RSSI adjustment.
1893  *
1894  * @band: band of BSS which should match for RSSI level adjustment.
1895  * @delta: value of RSSI level adjustment.
1896  */
1897 struct cfg80211_bss_select_adjust {
1898 	enum nl80211_band band;
1899 	s8 delta;
1900 };
1901 
1902 /**
1903  * struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request - scheduled scan request description
1904  *
1905  * @reqid: identifies this request.
1906  * @ssids: SSIDs to scan for (passed in the probe_reqs in active scans)
1907  * @n_ssids: number of SSIDs
1908  * @n_channels: total number of channels to scan
1909  * @scan_width: channel width for scanning
1910  * @ie: optional information element(s) to add into Probe Request or %NULL
1911  * @ie_len: length of ie in octets
1912  * @flags: bit field of flags controlling operation
1913  * @match_sets: sets of parameters to be matched for a scan result
1914  * 	entry to be considered valid and to be passed to the host
1915  * 	(others are filtered out).
1916  *	If ommited, all results are passed.
1917  * @n_match_sets: number of match sets
1918  * @report_results: indicates that results were reported for this request
1919  * @wiphy: the wiphy this was for
1920  * @dev: the interface
1921  * @scan_start: start time of the scheduled scan
1922  * @channels: channels to scan
1923  * @min_rssi_thold: for drivers only supporting a single threshold, this
1924  *	contains the minimum over all matchsets
1925  * @mac_addr: MAC address used with randomisation
1926  * @mac_addr_mask: MAC address mask used with randomisation, bits that
1927  *	are 0 in the mask should be randomised, bits that are 1 should
1928  *	be taken from the @mac_addr
1929  * @scan_plans: scan plans to be executed in this scheduled scan. Lowest
1930  *	index must be executed first.
1931  * @n_scan_plans: number of scan plans, at least 1.
1932  * @rcu_head: RCU callback used to free the struct
1933  * @owner_nlportid: netlink portid of owner (if this should is a request
1934  *	owned by a particular socket)
1935  * @nl_owner_dead: netlink owner socket was closed - this request be freed
1936  * @list: for keeping list of requests.
1937  * @delay: delay in seconds to use before starting the first scan
1938  *	cycle.  The driver may ignore this parameter and start
1939  *	immediately (or at any other time), if this feature is not
1940  *	supported.
1941  * @relative_rssi_set: Indicates whether @relative_rssi is set or not.
1942  * @relative_rssi: Relative RSSI threshold in dB to restrict scan result
1943  *	reporting in connected state to cases where a matching BSS is determined
1944  *	to have better or slightly worse RSSI than the current connected BSS.
1945  *	The relative RSSI threshold values are ignored in disconnected state.
1946  * @rssi_adjust: delta dB of RSSI preference to be given to the BSSs that belong
1947  *	to the specified band while deciding whether a better BSS is reported
1948  *	using @relative_rssi. If delta is a negative number, the BSSs that
1949  *	belong to the specified band will be penalized by delta dB in relative
1950  *	comparisions.
1951  */
1952 struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request {
1953 	u64 reqid;
1954 	struct cfg80211_ssid *ssids;
1955 	int n_ssids;
1956 	u32 n_channels;
1957 	enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width;
1958 	const u8 *ie;
1959 	size_t ie_len;
1960 	u32 flags;
1961 	struct cfg80211_match_set *match_sets;
1962 	int n_match_sets;
1963 	s32 min_rssi_thold;
1964 	u32 delay;
1965 	struct cfg80211_sched_scan_plan *scan_plans;
1966 	int n_scan_plans;
1967 
1968 	u8 mac_addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2);
1969 	u8 mac_addr_mask[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2);
1970 
1971 	bool relative_rssi_set;
1972 	s8 relative_rssi;
1973 	struct cfg80211_bss_select_adjust rssi_adjust;
1974 
1975 	/* internal */
1976 	struct wiphy *wiphy;
1977 	struct net_device *dev;
1978 	unsigned long scan_start;
1979 	bool report_results;
1980 	struct rcu_head rcu_head;
1981 	u32 owner_nlportid;
1982 	bool nl_owner_dead;
1983 	struct list_head list;
1984 
1985 	/* keep last */
1986 	struct ieee80211_channel *channels[0];
1987 };
1988 
1989 /**
1990  * enum cfg80211_signal_type - signal type
1991  *
1992  * @CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_NONE: no signal strength information available
1993  * @CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_MBM: signal strength in mBm (100*dBm)
1994  * @CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_UNSPEC: signal strength, increasing from 0 through 100
1995  */
1996 enum cfg80211_signal_type {
1997 	CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_NONE,
1998 	CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_MBM,
1999 	CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_UNSPEC,
2000 };
2001 
2002 /**
2003  * struct cfg80211_inform_bss - BSS inform data
2004  * @chan: channel the frame was received on
2005  * @scan_width: scan width that was used
2006  * @signal: signal strength value, according to the wiphy's
2007  *	signal type
2008  * @boottime_ns: timestamp (CLOCK_BOOTTIME) when the information was
2009  *	received; should match the time when the frame was actually
2010  *	received by the device (not just by the host, in case it was
2011  *	buffered on the device) and be accurate to about 10ms.
2012  *	If the frame isn't buffered, just passing the return value of
2013  *	ktime_get_boot_ns() is likely appropriate.
2014  * @parent_tsf: the time at the start of reception of the first octet of the
2015  *	timestamp field of the frame. The time is the TSF of the BSS specified
2016  *	by %parent_bssid.
2017  * @parent_bssid: the BSS according to which %parent_tsf is set. This is set to
2018  *	the BSS that requested the scan in which the beacon/probe was received.
2019  * @chains: bitmask for filled values in @chain_signal.
2020  * @chain_signal: per-chain signal strength of last received BSS in dBm.
2021  */
2022 struct cfg80211_inform_bss {
2023 	struct ieee80211_channel *chan;
2024 	enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width;
2025 	s32 signal;
2026 	u64 boottime_ns;
2027 	u64 parent_tsf;
2028 	u8 parent_bssid[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2);
2029 	u8 chains;
2030 	s8 chain_signal[IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS];
2031 };
2032 
2033 /**
2034  * struct cfg80211_bss_ies - BSS entry IE data
2035  * @tsf: TSF contained in the frame that carried these IEs
2036  * @rcu_head: internal use, for freeing
2037  * @len: length of the IEs
2038  * @from_beacon: these IEs are known to come from a beacon
2039  * @data: IE data
2040  */
2041 struct cfg80211_bss_ies {
2042 	u64 tsf;
2043 	struct rcu_head rcu_head;
2044 	int len;
2045 	bool from_beacon;
2046 	u8 data[];
2047 };
2048 
2049 /**
2050  * struct cfg80211_bss - BSS description
2051  *
2052  * This structure describes a BSS (which may also be a mesh network)
2053  * for use in scan results and similar.
2054  *
2055  * @channel: channel this BSS is on
2056  * @scan_width: width of the control channel
2057  * @bssid: BSSID of the BSS
2058  * @beacon_interval: the beacon interval as from the frame
2059  * @capability: the capability field in host byte order
2060  * @ies: the information elements (Note that there is no guarantee that these
2061  *	are well-formed!); this is a pointer to either the beacon_ies or
2062  *	proberesp_ies depending on whether Probe Response frame has been
2063  *	received. It is always non-%NULL.
2064  * @beacon_ies: the information elements from the last Beacon frame
2065  *	(implementation note: if @hidden_beacon_bss is set this struct doesn't
2066  *	own the beacon_ies, but they're just pointers to the ones from the
2067  *	@hidden_beacon_bss struct)
2068  * @proberesp_ies: the information elements from the last Probe Response frame
2069  * @hidden_beacon_bss: in case this BSS struct represents a probe response from
2070  *	a BSS that hides the SSID in its beacon, this points to the BSS struct
2071  *	that holds the beacon data. @beacon_ies is still valid, of course, and
2072  *	points to the same data as hidden_beacon_bss->beacon_ies in that case.
2073  * @transmitted_bss: pointer to the transmitted BSS, if this is a
2074  *	non-transmitted one (multi-BSSID support)
2075  * @nontrans_list: list of non-transmitted BSS, if this is a transmitted one
2076  *	(multi-BSSID support)
2077  * @signal: signal strength value (type depends on the wiphy's signal_type)
2078  * @chains: bitmask for filled values in @chain_signal.
2079  * @chain_signal: per-chain signal strength of last received BSS in dBm.
2080  * @bssid_index: index in the multiple BSS set
2081  * @max_bssid_indicator: max number of members in the BSS set
2082  * @priv: private area for driver use, has at least wiphy->bss_priv_size bytes
2083  */
2084 struct cfg80211_bss {
2085 	struct ieee80211_channel *channel;
2086 	enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width;
2087 
2088 	const struct cfg80211_bss_ies __rcu *ies;
2089 	const struct cfg80211_bss_ies __rcu *beacon_ies;
2090 	const struct cfg80211_bss_ies __rcu *proberesp_ies;
2091 
2092 	struct cfg80211_bss *hidden_beacon_bss;
2093 	struct cfg80211_bss *transmitted_bss;
2094 	struct list_head nontrans_list;
2095 
2096 	s32 signal;
2097 
2098 	u16 beacon_interval;
2099 	u16 capability;
2100 
2101 	u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN];
2102 	u8 chains;
2103 	s8 chain_signal[IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS];
2104 
2105 	u8 bssid_index;
2106 	u8 max_bssid_indicator;
2107 
2108 	u8 priv[0] __aligned(sizeof(void *));
2109 };
2110 
2111 /**
2112  * ieee80211_bss_get_elem - find element with given ID
2113  * @bss: the bss to search
2114  * @id: the element ID
2115  *
2116  * Note that the return value is an RCU-protected pointer, so
2117  * rcu_read_lock() must be held when calling this function.
2118  * Return: %NULL if not found.
2119  */
2120 const struct element *ieee80211_bss_get_elem(struct cfg80211_bss *bss, u8 id);
2121 
2122 /**
2123  * ieee80211_bss_get_ie - find IE with given ID
2124  * @bss: the bss to search
2125  * @id: the element ID
2126  *
2127  * Note that the return value is an RCU-protected pointer, so
2128  * rcu_read_lock() must be held when calling this function.
2129  * Return: %NULL if not found.
2130  */
2131 static inline const u8 *ieee80211_bss_get_ie(struct cfg80211_bss *bss, u8 id)
2132 {
2133 	return (void *)ieee80211_bss_get_elem(bss, id);
2134 }
2135 
2136 
2137 /**
2138  * struct cfg80211_auth_request - Authentication request data
2139  *
2140  * This structure provides information needed to complete IEEE 802.11
2141  * authentication.
2142  *
2143  * @bss: The BSS to authenticate with, the callee must obtain a reference
2144  *	to it if it needs to keep it.
2145  * @auth_type: Authentication type (algorithm)
2146  * @ie: Extra IEs to add to Authentication frame or %NULL
2147  * @ie_len: Length of ie buffer in octets
2148  * @key_len: length of WEP key for shared key authentication
2149  * @key_idx: index of WEP key for shared key authentication
2150  * @key: WEP key for shared key authentication
2151  * @auth_data: Fields and elements in Authentication frames. This contains
2152  *	the authentication frame body (non-IE and IE data), excluding the
2153  *	Authentication algorithm number, i.e., starting at the Authentication
2154  *	transaction sequence number field.
2155  * @auth_data_len: Length of auth_data buffer in octets
2156  */
2157 struct cfg80211_auth_request {
2158 	struct cfg80211_bss *bss;
2159 	const u8 *ie;
2160 	size_t ie_len;
2161 	enum nl80211_auth_type auth_type;
2162 	const u8 *key;
2163 	u8 key_len, key_idx;
2164 	const u8 *auth_data;
2165 	size_t auth_data_len;
2166 };
2167 
2168 /**
2169  * enum cfg80211_assoc_req_flags - Over-ride default behaviour in association.
2170  *
2171  * @ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_HT:  Disable HT (802.11n)
2172  * @ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_VHT:  Disable VHT
2173  * @ASSOC_REQ_USE_RRM: Declare RRM capability in this association
2174  * @CONNECT_REQ_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT: User space indicates external
2175  *	authentication capability. Drivers can offload authentication to
2176  *	userspace if this flag is set. Only applicable for cfg80211_connect()
2177  *	request (connect callback).
2178  */
2179 enum cfg80211_assoc_req_flags {
2180 	ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_HT			= BIT(0),
2181 	ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_VHT			= BIT(1),
2182 	ASSOC_REQ_USE_RRM			= BIT(2),
2183 	CONNECT_REQ_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT	= BIT(3),
2184 };
2185 
2186 /**
2187  * struct cfg80211_assoc_request - (Re)Association request data
2188  *
2189  * This structure provides information needed to complete IEEE 802.11
2190  * (re)association.
2191  * @bss: The BSS to associate with. If the call is successful the driver is
2192  *	given a reference that it must give back to cfg80211_send_rx_assoc()
2193  *	or to cfg80211_assoc_timeout(). To ensure proper refcounting, new
2194  *	association requests while already associating must be rejected.
2195  * @ie: Extra IEs to add to (Re)Association Request frame or %NULL
2196  * @ie_len: Length of ie buffer in octets
2197  * @use_mfp: Use management frame protection (IEEE 802.11w) in this association
2198  * @crypto: crypto settings
2199  * @prev_bssid: previous BSSID, if not %NULL use reassociate frame. This is used
2200  *	to indicate a request to reassociate within the ESS instead of a request
2201  *	do the initial association with the ESS. When included, this is set to
2202  *	the BSSID of the current association, i.e., to the value that is
2203  *	included in the Current AP address field of the Reassociation Request
2204  *	frame.
2205  * @flags:  See &enum cfg80211_assoc_req_flags
2206  * @ht_capa:  HT Capabilities over-rides.  Values set in ht_capa_mask
2207  *	will be used in ht_capa.  Un-supported values will be ignored.
2208  * @ht_capa_mask:  The bits of ht_capa which are to be used.
2209  * @vht_capa: VHT capability override
2210  * @vht_capa_mask: VHT capability mask indicating which fields to use
2211  * @fils_kek: FILS KEK for protecting (Re)Association Request/Response frame or
2212  *	%NULL if FILS is not used.
2213  * @fils_kek_len: Length of fils_kek in octets
2214  * @fils_nonces: FILS nonces (part of AAD) for protecting (Re)Association
2215  *	Request/Response frame or %NULL if FILS is not used. This field starts
2216  *	with 16 octets of STA Nonce followed by 16 octets of AP Nonce.
2217  */
2218 struct cfg80211_assoc_request {
2219 	struct cfg80211_bss *bss;
2220 	const u8 *ie, *prev_bssid;
2221 	size_t ie_len;
2222 	struct cfg80211_crypto_settings crypto;
2223 	bool use_mfp;
2224 	u32 flags;
2225 	struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa;
2226 	struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa_mask;
2227 	struct ieee80211_vht_cap vht_capa, vht_capa_mask;
2228 	const u8 *fils_kek;
2229 	size_t fils_kek_len;
2230 	const u8 *fils_nonces;
2231 };
2232 
2233 /**
2234  * struct cfg80211_deauth_request - Deauthentication request data
2235  *
2236  * This structure provides information needed to complete IEEE 802.11
2237  * deauthentication.
2238  *
2239  * @bssid: the BSSID of the BSS to deauthenticate from
2240  * @ie: Extra IEs to add to Deauthentication frame or %NULL
2241  * @ie_len: Length of ie buffer in octets
2242  * @reason_code: The reason code for the deauthentication
2243  * @local_state_change: if set, change local state only and
2244  *	do not set a deauth frame
2245  */
2246 struct cfg80211_deauth_request {
2247 	const u8 *bssid;
2248 	const u8 *ie;
2249 	size_t ie_len;
2250 	u16 reason_code;
2251 	bool local_state_change;
2252 };
2253 
2254 /**
2255  * struct cfg80211_disassoc_request - Disassociation request data
2256  *
2257  * This structure provides information needed to complete IEEE 802.11
2258  * disassociation.
2259  *
2260  * @bss: the BSS to disassociate from
2261  * @ie: Extra IEs to add to Disassociation frame or %NULL
2262  * @ie_len: Length of ie buffer in octets
2263  * @reason_code: The reason code for the disassociation
2264  * @local_state_change: This is a request for a local state only, i.e., no
2265  *	Disassociation frame is to be transmitted.
2266  */
2267 struct cfg80211_disassoc_request {
2268 	struct cfg80211_bss *bss;
2269 	const u8 *ie;
2270 	size_t ie_len;
2271 	u16 reason_code;
2272 	bool local_state_change;
2273 };
2274 
2275 /**
2276  * struct cfg80211_ibss_params - IBSS parameters
2277  *
2278  * This structure defines the IBSS parameters for the join_ibss()
2279  * method.
2280  *
2281  * @ssid: The SSID, will always be non-null.
2282  * @ssid_len: The length of the SSID, will always be non-zero.
2283  * @bssid: Fixed BSSID requested, maybe be %NULL, if set do not
2284  *	search for IBSSs with a different BSSID.
2285  * @chandef: defines the channel to use if no other IBSS to join can be found
2286  * @channel_fixed: The channel should be fixed -- do not search for
2287  *	IBSSs to join on other channels.
2288  * @ie: information element(s) to include in the beacon
2289  * @ie_len: length of that
2290  * @beacon_interval: beacon interval to use
2291  * @privacy: this is a protected network, keys will be configured
2292  *	after joining
2293  * @control_port: whether user space controls IEEE 802.1X port, i.e.,
2294  *	sets/clears %NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED. If true, the driver is
2295  *	required to assume that the port is unauthorized until authorized by
2296  *	user space. Otherwise, port is marked authorized by default.
2297  * @control_port_over_nl80211: TRUE if userspace expects to exchange control
2298  *	port frames over NL80211 instead of the network interface.
2299  * @userspace_handles_dfs: whether user space controls DFS operation, i.e.
2300  *	changes the channel when a radar is detected. This is required
2301  *	to operate on DFS channels.
2302  * @basic_rates: bitmap of basic rates to use when creating the IBSS
2303  * @mcast_rate: per-band multicast rate index + 1 (0: disabled)
2304  * @ht_capa:  HT Capabilities over-rides.  Values set in ht_capa_mask
2305  *	will be used in ht_capa.  Un-supported values will be ignored.
2306  * @ht_capa_mask:  The bits of ht_capa which are to be used.
2307  * @wep_keys: static WEP keys, if not NULL points to an array of
2308  * 	CFG80211_MAX_WEP_KEYS WEP keys
2309  * @wep_tx_key: key index (0..3) of the default TX static WEP key
2310  */
2311 struct cfg80211_ibss_params {
2312 	const u8 *ssid;
2313 	const u8 *bssid;
2314 	struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef;
2315 	const u8 *ie;
2316 	u8 ssid_len, ie_len;
2317 	u16 beacon_interval;
2318 	u32 basic_rates;
2319 	bool channel_fixed;
2320 	bool privacy;
2321 	bool control_port;
2322 	bool control_port_over_nl80211;
2323 	bool userspace_handles_dfs;
2324 	int mcast_rate[NUM_NL80211_BANDS];
2325 	struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa;
2326 	struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa_mask;
2327 	struct key_params *wep_keys;
2328 	int wep_tx_key;
2329 };
2330 
2331 /**
2332  * struct cfg80211_bss_selection - connection parameters for BSS selection.
2333  *
2334  * @behaviour: requested BSS selection behaviour.
2335  * @param: parameters for requestion behaviour.
2336  * @band_pref: preferred band for %NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_BAND_PREF.
2337  * @adjust: parameters for %NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST.
2338  */
2339 struct cfg80211_bss_selection {
2340 	enum nl80211_bss_select_attr behaviour;
2341 	union {
2342 		enum nl80211_band band_pref;
2343 		struct cfg80211_bss_select_adjust adjust;
2344 	} param;
2345 };
2346 
2347 /**
2348  * struct cfg80211_connect_params - Connection parameters
2349  *
2350  * This structure provides information needed to complete IEEE 802.11
2351  * authentication and association.
2352  *
2353  * @channel: The channel to use or %NULL if not specified (auto-select based
2354  *	on scan results)
2355  * @channel_hint: The channel of the recommended BSS for initial connection or
2356  *	%NULL if not specified
2357  * @bssid: The AP BSSID or %NULL if not specified (auto-select based on scan
2358  *	results)
2359  * @bssid_hint: The recommended AP BSSID for initial connection to the BSS or
2360  *	%NULL if not specified. Unlike the @bssid parameter, the driver is
2361  *	allowed to ignore this @bssid_hint if it has knowledge of a better BSS
2362  *	to use.
2363  * @ssid: SSID
2364  * @ssid_len: Length of ssid in octets
2365  * @auth_type: Authentication type (algorithm)
2366  * @ie: IEs for association request
2367  * @ie_len: Length of assoc_ie in octets
2368  * @privacy: indicates whether privacy-enabled APs should be used
2369  * @mfp: indicate whether management frame protection is used
2370  * @crypto: crypto settings
2371  * @key_len: length of WEP key for shared key authentication
2372  * @key_idx: index of WEP key for shared key authentication
2373  * @key: WEP key for shared key authentication
2374  * @flags:  See &enum cfg80211_assoc_req_flags
2375  * @bg_scan_period:  Background scan period in seconds
2376  *	or -1 to indicate that default value is to be used.
2377  * @ht_capa:  HT Capabilities over-rides.  Values set in ht_capa_mask
2378  *	will be used in ht_capa.  Un-supported values will be ignored.
2379  * @ht_capa_mask:  The bits of ht_capa which are to be used.
2380  * @vht_capa:  VHT Capability overrides
2381  * @vht_capa_mask: The bits of vht_capa which are to be used.
2382  * @pbss: if set, connect to a PCP instead of AP. Valid for DMG
2383  *	networks.
2384  * @bss_select: criteria to be used for BSS selection.
2385  * @prev_bssid: previous BSSID, if not %NULL use reassociate frame. This is used
2386  *	to indicate a request to reassociate within the ESS instead of a request
2387  *	do the initial association with the ESS. When included, this is set to
2388  *	the BSSID of the current association, i.e., to the value that is
2389  *	included in the Current AP address field of the Reassociation Request
2390  *	frame.
2391  * @fils_erp_username: EAP re-authentication protocol (ERP) username part of the
2392  *	NAI or %NULL if not specified. This is used to construct FILS wrapped
2393  *	data IE.
2394  * @fils_erp_username_len: Length of @fils_erp_username in octets.
2395  * @fils_erp_realm: EAP re-authentication protocol (ERP) realm part of NAI or
2396  *	%NULL if not specified. This specifies the domain name of ER server and
2397  *	is used to construct FILS wrapped data IE.
2398  * @fils_erp_realm_len: Length of @fils_erp_realm in octets.
2399  * @fils_erp_next_seq_num: The next sequence number to use in the FILS ERP
2400  *	messages. This is also used to construct FILS wrapped data IE.
2401  * @fils_erp_rrk: ERP re-authentication Root Key (rRK) used to derive additional
2402  *	keys in FILS or %NULL if not specified.
2403  * @fils_erp_rrk_len: Length of @fils_erp_rrk in octets.
2404  * @want_1x: indicates user-space supports and wants to use 802.1X driver
2405  *	offload of 4-way handshake.
2406  */
2407 struct cfg80211_connect_params {
2408 	struct ieee80211_channel *channel;
2409 	struct ieee80211_channel *channel_hint;
2410 	const u8 *bssid;
2411 	const u8 *bssid_hint;
2412 	const u8 *ssid;
2413 	size_t ssid_len;
2414 	enum nl80211_auth_type auth_type;
2415 	const u8 *ie;
2416 	size_t ie_len;
2417 	bool privacy;
2418 	enum nl80211_mfp mfp;
2419 	struct cfg80211_crypto_settings crypto;
2420 	const u8 *key;
2421 	u8 key_len, key_idx;
2422 	u32 flags;
2423 	int bg_scan_period;
2424 	struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa;
2425 	struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa_mask;
2426 	struct ieee80211_vht_cap vht_capa;
2427 	struct ieee80211_vht_cap vht_capa_mask;
2428 	bool pbss;
2429 	struct cfg80211_bss_selection bss_select;
2430 	const u8 *prev_bssid;
2431 	const u8 *fils_erp_username;
2432 	size_t fils_erp_username_len;
2433 	const u8 *fils_erp_realm;
2434 	size_t fils_erp_realm_len;
2435 	u16 fils_erp_next_seq_num;
2436 	const u8 *fils_erp_rrk;
2437 	size_t fils_erp_rrk_len;
2438 	bool want_1x;
2439 };
2440 
2441 /**
2442  * enum cfg80211_connect_params_changed - Connection parameters being updated
2443  *
2444  * This enum provides information of all connect parameters that
2445  * have to be updated as part of update_connect_params() call.
2446  *
2447  * @UPDATE_ASSOC_IES: Indicates whether association request IEs are updated
2448  * @UPDATE_FILS_ERP_INFO: Indicates that FILS connection parameters (realm,
2449  *	username, erp sequence number and rrk) are updated
2450  * @UPDATE_AUTH_TYPE: Indicates that authentication type is updated
2451  */
2452 enum cfg80211_connect_params_changed {
2453 	UPDATE_ASSOC_IES		= BIT(0),
2454 	UPDATE_FILS_ERP_INFO		= BIT(1),
2455 	UPDATE_AUTH_TYPE		= BIT(2),
2456 };
2457 
2458 /**
2459  * enum wiphy_params_flags - set_wiphy_params bitfield values
2460  * @WIPHY_PARAM_RETRY_SHORT: wiphy->retry_short has changed
2461  * @WIPHY_PARAM_RETRY_LONG: wiphy->retry_long has changed
2462  * @WIPHY_PARAM_FRAG_THRESHOLD: wiphy->frag_threshold has changed
2463  * @WIPHY_PARAM_RTS_THRESHOLD: wiphy->rts_threshold has changed
2464  * @WIPHY_PARAM_COVERAGE_CLASS: coverage class changed
2465  * @WIPHY_PARAM_DYN_ACK: dynack has been enabled
2466  * @WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_LIMIT: TXQ packet limit has been changed
2467  * @WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_MEMORY_LIMIT: TXQ memory limit has been changed
2468  * @WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_QUANTUM: TXQ scheduler quantum
2469  */
2470 enum wiphy_params_flags {
2471 	WIPHY_PARAM_RETRY_SHORT		= 1 << 0,
2472 	WIPHY_PARAM_RETRY_LONG		= 1 << 1,
2473 	WIPHY_PARAM_FRAG_THRESHOLD	= 1 << 2,
2474 	WIPHY_PARAM_RTS_THRESHOLD	= 1 << 3,
2475 	WIPHY_PARAM_COVERAGE_CLASS	= 1 << 4,
2476 	WIPHY_PARAM_DYN_ACK		= 1 << 5,
2477 	WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_LIMIT		= 1 << 6,
2478 	WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_MEMORY_LIMIT	= 1 << 7,
2479 	WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_QUANTUM		= 1 << 8,
2480 };
2481 
2482 #define IEEE80211_DEFAULT_AIRTIME_WEIGHT	256
2483 
2484 /**
2485  * struct cfg80211_pmksa - PMK Security Association
2486  *
2487  * This structure is passed to the set/del_pmksa() method for PMKSA
2488  * caching.
2489  *
2490  * @bssid: The AP's BSSID (may be %NULL).
2491  * @pmkid: The identifier to refer a PMKSA.
2492  * @pmk: The PMK for the PMKSA identified by @pmkid. This is used for key
2493  *	derivation by a FILS STA. Otherwise, %NULL.
2494  * @pmk_len: Length of the @pmk. The length of @pmk can differ depending on
2495  *	the hash algorithm used to generate this.
2496  * @ssid: SSID to specify the ESS within which a PMKSA is valid when using FILS
2497  *	cache identifier (may be %NULL).
2498  * @ssid_len: Length of the @ssid in octets.
2499  * @cache_id: 2-octet cache identifier advertized by a FILS AP identifying the
2500  *	scope of PMKSA. This is valid only if @ssid_len is non-zero (may be
2501  *	%NULL).
2502  */
2503 struct cfg80211_pmksa {
2504 	const u8 *bssid;
2505 	const u8 *pmkid;
2506 	const u8 *pmk;
2507 	size_t pmk_len;
2508 	const u8 *ssid;
2509 	size_t ssid_len;
2510 	const u8 *cache_id;
2511 };
2512 
2513 /**
2514  * struct cfg80211_pkt_pattern - packet pattern
2515  * @mask: bitmask where to match pattern and where to ignore bytes,
2516  *	one bit per byte, in same format as nl80211
2517  * @pattern: bytes to match where bitmask is 1
2518  * @pattern_len: length of pattern (in bytes)
2519  * @pkt_offset: packet offset (in bytes)
2520  *
2521  * Internal note: @mask and @pattern are allocated in one chunk of
2522  * memory, free @mask only!
2523  */
2524 struct cfg80211_pkt_pattern {
2525 	const u8 *mask, *pattern;
2526 	int pattern_len;
2527 	int pkt_offset;
2528 };
2529 
2530 /**
2531  * struct cfg80211_wowlan_tcp - TCP connection parameters
2532  *
2533  * @sock: (internal) socket for source port allocation
2534  * @src: source IP address
2535  * @dst: destination IP address
2536  * @dst_mac: destination MAC address
2537  * @src_port: source port
2538  * @dst_port: destination port
2539  * @payload_len: data payload length
2540  * @payload: data payload buffer
2541  * @payload_seq: payload sequence stamping configuration
2542  * @data_interval: interval at which to send data packets
2543  * @wake_len: wakeup payload match length
2544  * @wake_data: wakeup payload match data
2545  * @wake_mask: wakeup payload match mask
2546  * @tokens_size: length of the tokens buffer
2547  * @payload_tok: payload token usage configuration
2548  */
2549 struct cfg80211_wowlan_tcp {
2550 	struct socket *sock;
2551 	__be32 src, dst;
2552 	u16 src_port, dst_port;
2553 	u8 dst_mac[ETH_ALEN];
2554 	int payload_len;
2555 	const u8 *payload;
2556 	struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq payload_seq;
2557 	u32 data_interval;
2558 	u32 wake_len;
2559 	const u8 *wake_data, *wake_mask;
2560 	u32 tokens_size;
2561 	/* must be last, variable member */
2562 	struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token payload_tok;
2563 };
2564 
2565 /**
2566  * struct cfg80211_wowlan - Wake on Wireless-LAN support info
2567  *
2568  * This structure defines the enabled WoWLAN triggers for the device.
2569  * @any: wake up on any activity -- special trigger if device continues
2570  *	operating as normal during suspend
2571  * @disconnect: wake up if getting disconnected
2572  * @magic_pkt: wake up on receiving magic packet
2573  * @patterns: wake up on receiving packet matching a pattern
2574  * @n_patterns: number of patterns
2575  * @gtk_rekey_failure: wake up on GTK rekey failure
2576  * @eap_identity_req: wake up on EAP identity request packet
2577  * @four_way_handshake: wake up on 4-way handshake
2578  * @rfkill_release: wake up when rfkill is released
2579  * @tcp: TCP connection establishment/wakeup parameters, see nl80211.h.
2580  *	NULL if not configured.
2581  * @nd_config: configuration for the scan to be used for net detect wake.
2582  */
2583 struct cfg80211_wowlan {
2584 	bool any, disconnect, magic_pkt, gtk_rekey_failure,
2585 	     eap_identity_req, four_way_handshake,
2586 	     rfkill_release;
2587 	struct cfg80211_pkt_pattern *patterns;
2588 	struct cfg80211_wowlan_tcp *tcp;
2589 	int n_patterns;
2590 	struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request *nd_config;
2591 };
2592 
2593 /**
2594  * struct cfg80211_coalesce_rules - Coalesce rule parameters
2595  *
2596  * This structure defines coalesce rule for the device.
2597  * @delay: maximum coalescing delay in msecs.
2598  * @condition: condition for packet coalescence.
2599  *	see &enum nl80211_coalesce_condition.
2600  * @patterns: array of packet patterns
2601  * @n_patterns: number of patterns
2602  */
2603 struct cfg80211_coalesce_rules {
2604 	int delay;
2605 	enum nl80211_coalesce_condition condition;
2606 	struct cfg80211_pkt_pattern *patterns;
2607 	int n_patterns;
2608 };
2609 
2610 /**
2611  * struct cfg80211_coalesce - Packet coalescing settings
2612  *
2613  * This structure defines coalescing settings.
2614  * @rules: array of coalesce rules
2615  * @n_rules: number of rules
2616  */
2617 struct cfg80211_coalesce {
2618 	struct cfg80211_coalesce_rules *rules;
2619 	int n_rules;
2620 };
2621 
2622 /**
2623  * struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_match - information about the match
2624  *
2625  * @ssid: SSID of the match that triggered the wake up
2626  * @n_channels: Number of channels where the match occurred.  This
2627  *	value may be zero if the driver can't report the channels.
2628  * @channels: center frequencies of the channels where a match
2629  *	occurred (in MHz)
2630  */
2631 struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_match {
2632 	struct cfg80211_ssid ssid;
2633 	int n_channels;
2634 	u32 channels[];
2635 };
2636 
2637 /**
2638  * struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_info - net detect wake up information
2639  *
2640  * @n_matches: Number of match information instances provided in
2641  *	@matches.  This value may be zero if the driver can't provide
2642  *	match information.
2643  * @matches: Array of pointers to matches containing information about
2644  *	the matches that triggered the wake up.
2645  */
2646 struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_info {
2647 	int n_matches;
2648 	struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_match *matches[];
2649 };
2650 
2651 /**
2652  * struct cfg80211_wowlan_wakeup - wakeup report
2653  * @disconnect: woke up by getting disconnected
2654  * @magic_pkt: woke up by receiving magic packet
2655  * @gtk_rekey_failure: woke up by GTK rekey failure
2656  * @eap_identity_req: woke up by EAP identity request packet
2657  * @four_way_handshake: woke up by 4-way handshake
2658  * @rfkill_release: woke up by rfkill being released
2659  * @pattern_idx: pattern that caused wakeup, -1 if not due to pattern
2660  * @packet_present_len: copied wakeup packet data
2661  * @packet_len: original wakeup packet length
2662  * @packet: The packet causing the wakeup, if any.
2663  * @packet_80211:  For pattern match, magic packet and other data
2664  *	frame triggers an 802.3 frame should be reported, for
2665  *	disconnect due to deauth 802.11 frame. This indicates which
2666  *	it is.
2667  * @tcp_match: TCP wakeup packet received
2668  * @tcp_connlost: TCP connection lost or failed to establish
2669  * @tcp_nomoretokens: TCP data ran out of tokens
2670  * @net_detect: if not %NULL, woke up because of net detect
2671  */
2672 struct cfg80211_wowlan_wakeup {
2673 	bool disconnect, magic_pkt, gtk_rekey_failure,
2674 	     eap_identity_req, four_way_handshake,
2675 	     rfkill_release, packet_80211,
2676 	     tcp_match, tcp_connlost, tcp_nomoretokens;
2677 	s32 pattern_idx;
2678 	u32 packet_present_len, packet_len;
2679 	const void *packet;
2680 	struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_info *net_detect;
2681 };
2682 
2683 /**
2684  * struct cfg80211_gtk_rekey_data - rekey data
2685  * @kek: key encryption key (NL80211_KEK_LEN bytes)
2686  * @kck: key confirmation key (NL80211_KCK_LEN bytes)
2687  * @replay_ctr: replay counter (NL80211_REPLAY_CTR_LEN bytes)
2688  */
2689 struct cfg80211_gtk_rekey_data {
2690 	const u8 *kek, *kck, *replay_ctr;
2691 };
2692 
2693 /**
2694  * struct cfg80211_update_ft_ies_params - FT IE Information
2695  *
2696  * This structure provides information needed to update the fast transition IE
2697  *
2698  * @md: The Mobility Domain ID, 2 Octet value
2699  * @ie: Fast Transition IEs
2700  * @ie_len: Length of ft_ie in octets
2701  */
2702 struct cfg80211_update_ft_ies_params {
2703 	u16 md;
2704 	const u8 *ie;
2705 	size_t ie_len;
2706 };
2707 
2708 /**
2709  * struct cfg80211_mgmt_tx_params - mgmt tx parameters
2710  *
2711  * This structure provides information needed to transmit a mgmt frame
2712  *
2713  * @chan: channel to use
2714  * @offchan: indicates wether off channel operation is required
2715  * @wait: duration for ROC
2716  * @buf: buffer to transmit
2717  * @len: buffer length
2718  * @no_cck: don't use cck rates for this frame
2719  * @dont_wait_for_ack: tells the low level not to wait for an ack
2720  * @n_csa_offsets: length of csa_offsets array
2721  * @csa_offsets: array of all the csa offsets in the frame
2722  */
2723 struct cfg80211_mgmt_tx_params {
2724 	struct ieee80211_channel *chan;
2725 	bool offchan;
2726 	unsigned int wait;
2727 	const u8 *buf;
2728 	size_t len;
2729 	bool no_cck;
2730 	bool dont_wait_for_ack;
2731 	int n_csa_offsets;
2732 	const u16 *csa_offsets;
2733 };
2734 
2735 /**
2736  * struct cfg80211_dscp_exception - DSCP exception
2737  *
2738  * @dscp: DSCP value that does not adhere to the user priority range definition
2739  * @up: user priority value to which the corresponding DSCP value belongs
2740  */
2741 struct cfg80211_dscp_exception {
2742 	u8 dscp;
2743 	u8 up;
2744 };
2745 
2746 /**
2747  * struct cfg80211_dscp_range - DSCP range definition for user priority
2748  *
2749  * @low: lowest DSCP value of this user priority range, inclusive
2750  * @high: highest DSCP value of this user priority range, inclusive
2751  */
2752 struct cfg80211_dscp_range {
2753 	u8 low;
2754 	u8 high;
2755 };
2756 
2757 /* QoS Map Set element length defined in IEEE Std 802.11-2012, 8.4.2.97 */
2758 #define IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_MAX_EX	21
2759 #define IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_LEN_MIN	16
2760 #define IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_LEN_MAX \
2761 	(IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_LEN_MIN + 2 * IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_MAX_EX)
2762 
2763 /**
2764  * struct cfg80211_qos_map - QoS Map Information
2765  *
2766  * This struct defines the Interworking QoS map setting for DSCP values
2767  *
2768  * @num_des: number of DSCP exceptions (0..21)
2769  * @dscp_exception: optionally up to maximum of 21 DSCP exceptions from
2770  *	the user priority DSCP range definition
2771  * @up: DSCP range definition for a particular user priority
2772  */
2773 struct cfg80211_qos_map {
2774 	u8 num_des;
2775 	struct cfg80211_dscp_exception dscp_exception[IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_MAX_EX];
2776 	struct cfg80211_dscp_range up[8];
2777 };
2778 
2779 /**
2780  * struct cfg80211_nan_conf - NAN configuration
2781  *
2782  * This struct defines NAN configuration parameters
2783  *
2784  * @master_pref: master preference (1 - 255)
2785  * @bands: operating bands, a bitmap of &enum nl80211_band values.
2786  *	For instance, for NL80211_BAND_2GHZ, bit 0 would be set
2787  *	(i.e. BIT(NL80211_BAND_2GHZ)).
2788  */
2789 struct cfg80211_nan_conf {
2790 	u8 master_pref;
2791 	u8 bands;
2792 };
2793 
2794 /**
2795  * enum cfg80211_nan_conf_changes - indicates changed fields in NAN
2796  * configuration
2797  *
2798  * @CFG80211_NAN_CONF_CHANGED_PREF: master preference
2799  * @CFG80211_NAN_CONF_CHANGED_BANDS: operating bands
2800  */
2801 enum cfg80211_nan_conf_changes {
2802 	CFG80211_NAN_CONF_CHANGED_PREF = BIT(0),
2803 	CFG80211_NAN_CONF_CHANGED_BANDS = BIT(1),
2804 };
2805 
2806 /**
2807  * struct cfg80211_nan_func_filter - a NAN function Rx / Tx filter
2808  *
2809  * @filter: the content of the filter
2810  * @len: the length of the filter
2811  */
2812 struct cfg80211_nan_func_filter {
2813 	const u8 *filter;
2814 	u8 len;
2815 };
2816 
2817 /**
2818  * struct cfg80211_nan_func - a NAN function
2819  *
2820  * @type: &enum nl80211_nan_function_type
2821  * @service_id: the service ID of the function
2822  * @publish_type: &nl80211_nan_publish_type
2823  * @close_range: if true, the range should be limited. Threshold is
2824  *	implementation specific.
2825  * @publish_bcast: if true, the solicited publish should be broadcasted
2826  * @subscribe_active: if true, the subscribe is active
2827  * @followup_id: the instance ID for follow up
2828  * @followup_reqid: the requestor instance ID for follow up
2829  * @followup_dest: MAC address of the recipient of the follow up
2830  * @ttl: time to live counter in DW.
2831  * @serv_spec_info: Service Specific Info
2832  * @serv_spec_info_len: Service Specific Info length
2833  * @srf_include: if true, SRF is inclusive
2834  * @srf_bf: Bloom Filter
2835  * @srf_bf_len: Bloom Filter length
2836  * @srf_bf_idx: Bloom Filter index
2837  * @srf_macs: SRF MAC addresses
2838  * @srf_num_macs: number of MAC addresses in SRF
2839  * @rx_filters: rx filters that are matched with corresponding peer's tx_filter
2840  * @tx_filters: filters that should be transmitted in the SDF.
2841  * @num_rx_filters: length of &rx_filters.
2842  * @num_tx_filters: length of &tx_filters.
2843  * @instance_id: driver allocated id of the function.
2844  * @cookie: unique NAN function identifier.
2845  */
2846 struct cfg80211_nan_func {
2847 	enum nl80211_nan_function_type type;
2848 	u8 service_id[NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_ID_LEN];
2849 	u8 publish_type;
2850 	bool close_range;
2851 	bool publish_bcast;
2852 	bool subscribe_active;
2853 	u8 followup_id;
2854 	u8 followup_reqid;
2855 	struct mac_address followup_dest;
2856 	u32 ttl;
2857 	const u8 *serv_spec_info;
2858 	u8 serv_spec_info_len;
2859 	bool srf_include;
2860 	const u8 *srf_bf;
2861 	u8 srf_bf_len;
2862 	u8 srf_bf_idx;
2863 	struct mac_address *srf_macs;
2864 	int srf_num_macs;
2865 	struct cfg80211_nan_func_filter *rx_filters;
2866 	struct cfg80211_nan_func_filter *tx_filters;
2867 	u8 num_tx_filters;
2868 	u8 num_rx_filters;
2869 	u8 instance_id;
2870 	u64 cookie;
2871 };
2872 
2873 /**
2874  * struct cfg80211_pmk_conf - PMK configuration
2875  *
2876  * @aa: authenticator address
2877  * @pmk_len: PMK length in bytes.
2878  * @pmk: the PMK material
2879  * @pmk_r0_name: PMK-R0 Name. NULL if not applicable (i.e., the PMK
2880  *	is not PMK-R0). When pmk_r0_name is not NULL, the pmk field
2881  *	holds PMK-R0.
2882  */
2883 struct cfg80211_pmk_conf {
2884 	const u8 *aa;
2885 	u8 pmk_len;
2886 	const u8 *pmk;
2887 	const u8 *pmk_r0_name;
2888 };
2889 
2890 /**
2891  * struct cfg80211_external_auth_params - Trigger External authentication.
2892  *
2893  * Commonly used across the external auth request and event interfaces.
2894  *
2895  * @action: action type / trigger for external authentication. Only significant
2896  *	for the authentication request event interface (driver to user space).
2897  * @bssid: BSSID of the peer with which the authentication has
2898  *	to happen. Used by both the authentication request event and
2899  *	authentication response command interface.
2900  * @ssid: SSID of the AP.  Used by both the authentication request event and
2901  *	authentication response command interface.
2902  * @key_mgmt_suite: AKM suite of the respective authentication. Used by the
2903  *	authentication request event interface.
2904  * @status: status code, %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS for successful authentication,
2905  *	use %WLAN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED_FAILURE if user space cannot give you
2906  *	the real status code for failures. Used only for the authentication
2907  *	response command interface (user space to driver).
2908  * @pmkid: The identifier to refer a PMKSA.
2909  */
2910 struct cfg80211_external_auth_params {
2911 	enum nl80211_external_auth_action action;
2912 	u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2);
2913 	struct cfg80211_ssid ssid;
2914 	unsigned int key_mgmt_suite;
2915 	u16 status;
2916 	const u8 *pmkid;
2917 };
2918 
2919 /**
2920  * struct cfg80211_ftm_responder_stats - FTM responder statistics
2921  *
2922  * @filled: bitflag of flags using the bits of &enum nl80211_ftm_stats to
2923  *	indicate the relevant values in this struct for them
2924  * @success_num: number of FTM sessions in which all frames were successfully
2925  *	answered
2926  * @partial_num: number of FTM sessions in which part of frames were
2927  *	successfully answered
2928  * @failed_num: number of failed FTM sessions
2929  * @asap_num: number of ASAP FTM sessions
2930  * @non_asap_num: number of  non-ASAP FTM sessions
2931  * @total_duration_ms: total sessions durations - gives an indication
2932  *	of how much time the responder was busy
2933  * @unknown_triggers_num: number of unknown FTM triggers - triggers from
2934  *	initiators that didn't finish successfully the negotiation phase with
2935  *	the responder
2936  * @reschedule_requests_num: number of FTM reschedule requests - initiator asks
2937  *	for a new scheduling although it already has scheduled FTM slot
2938  * @out_of_window_triggers_num: total FTM triggers out of scheduled window
2939  */
2940 struct cfg80211_ftm_responder_stats {
2941 	u32 filled;
2942 	u32 success_num;
2943 	u32 partial_num;
2944 	u32 failed_num;
2945 	u32 asap_num;
2946 	u32 non_asap_num;
2947 	u64 total_duration_ms;
2948 	u32 unknown_triggers_num;
2949 	u32 reschedule_requests_num;
2950 	u32 out_of_window_triggers_num;
2951 };
2952 
2953 /**
2954  * struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_result - FTM result
2955  * @failure_reason: if this measurement failed (PMSR status is
2956  *	%NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_FAILURE), this gives a more precise
2957  *	reason than just "failure"
2958  * @burst_index: if reporting partial results, this is the index
2959  *	in [0 .. num_bursts-1] of the burst that's being reported
2960  * @num_ftmr_attempts: number of FTM request frames transmitted
2961  * @num_ftmr_successes: number of FTM request frames acked
2962  * @busy_retry_time: if failure_reason is %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_PEER_BUSY,
2963  *	fill this to indicate in how many seconds a retry is deemed possible
2964  *	by the responder
2965  * @num_bursts_exp: actual number of bursts exponent negotiated
2966  * @burst_duration: actual burst duration negotiated
2967  * @ftms_per_burst: actual FTMs per burst negotiated
2968  * @lci_len: length of LCI information (if present)
2969  * @civicloc_len: length of civic location information (if present)
2970  * @lci: LCI data (may be %NULL)
2971  * @civicloc: civic location data (may be %NULL)
2972  * @rssi_avg: average RSSI over FTM action frames reported
2973  * @rssi_spread: spread of the RSSI over FTM action frames reported
2974  * @tx_rate: bitrate for transmitted FTM action frame response
2975  * @rx_rate: bitrate of received FTM action frame
2976  * @rtt_avg: average of RTTs measured (must have either this or @dist_avg)
2977  * @rtt_variance: variance of RTTs measured (note that standard deviation is
2978  *	the square root of the variance)
2979  * @rtt_spread: spread of the RTTs measured
2980  * @dist_avg: average of distances (mm) measured
2981  *	(must have either this or @rtt_avg)
2982  * @dist_variance: variance of distances measured (see also @rtt_variance)
2983  * @dist_spread: spread of distances measured (see also @rtt_spread)
2984  * @num_ftmr_attempts_valid: @num_ftmr_attempts is valid
2985  * @num_ftmr_successes_valid: @num_ftmr_successes is valid
2986  * @rssi_avg_valid: @rssi_avg is valid
2987  * @rssi_spread_valid: @rssi_spread is valid
2988  * @tx_rate_valid: @tx_rate is valid
2989  * @rx_rate_valid: @rx_rate is valid
2990  * @rtt_avg_valid: @rtt_avg is valid
2991  * @rtt_variance_valid: @rtt_variance is valid
2992  * @rtt_spread_valid: @rtt_spread is valid
2993  * @dist_avg_valid: @dist_avg is valid
2994  * @dist_variance_valid: @dist_variance is valid
2995  * @dist_spread_valid: @dist_spread is valid
2996  */
2997 struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_result {
2998 	const u8 *lci;
2999 	const u8 *civicloc;
3000 	unsigned int lci_len;
3001 	unsigned int civicloc_len;
3002 	enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_failure_reasons failure_reason;
3003 	u32 num_ftmr_attempts, num_ftmr_successes;
3004 	s16 burst_index;
3005 	u8 busy_retry_time;
3006 	u8 num_bursts_exp;
3007 	u8 burst_duration;
3008 	u8 ftms_per_burst;
3009 	s32 rssi_avg;
3010 	s32 rssi_spread;
3011 	struct rate_info tx_rate, rx_rate;
3012 	s64 rtt_avg;
3013 	s64 rtt_variance;
3014 	s64 rtt_spread;
3015 	s64 dist_avg;
3016 	s64 dist_variance;
3017 	s64 dist_spread;
3018 
3019 	u16 num_ftmr_attempts_valid:1,
3020 	    num_ftmr_successes_valid:1,
3021 	    rssi_avg_valid:1,
3022 	    rssi_spread_valid:1,
3023 	    tx_rate_valid:1,
3024 	    rx_rate_valid:1,
3025 	    rtt_avg_valid:1,
3026 	    rtt_variance_valid:1,
3027 	    rtt_spread_valid:1,
3028 	    dist_avg_valid:1,
3029 	    dist_variance_valid:1,
3030 	    dist_spread_valid:1;
3031 };
3032 
3033 /**
3034  * struct cfg80211_pmsr_result - peer measurement result
3035  * @addr: address of the peer
3036  * @host_time: host time (use ktime_get_boottime() adjust to the time when the
3037  *	measurement was made)
3038  * @ap_tsf: AP's TSF at measurement time
3039  * @status: status of the measurement
3040  * @final: if reporting partial results, mark this as the last one; if not
3041  *	reporting partial results always set this flag
3042  * @ap_tsf_valid: indicates the @ap_tsf value is valid
3043  * @type: type of the measurement reported, note that we only support reporting
3044  *	one type at a time, but you can report multiple results separately and
3045  *	they're all aggregated for userspace.
3046  */
3047 struct cfg80211_pmsr_result {
3048 	u64 host_time, ap_tsf;
3049 	enum nl80211_peer_measurement_status status;
3050 
3051 	u8 addr[ETH_ALEN];
3052 
3053 	u8 final:1,
3054 	   ap_tsf_valid:1;
3055 
3056 	enum nl80211_peer_measurement_type type;
3057 
3058 	union {
3059 		struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_result ftm;
3060 	};
3061 };
3062 
3063 /**
3064  * struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_request_peer - FTM request data
3065  * @requested: indicates FTM is requested
3066  * @preamble: frame preamble to use
3067  * @burst_period: burst period to use
3068  * @asap: indicates to use ASAP mode
3069  * @num_bursts_exp: number of bursts exponent
3070  * @burst_duration: burst duration
3071  * @ftms_per_burst: number of FTMs per burst
3072  * @ftmr_retries: number of retries for FTM request
3073  * @request_lci: request LCI information
3074  * @request_civicloc: request civic location information
3075  *
3076  * See also nl80211 for the respective attribute documentation.
3077  */
3078 struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_request_peer {
3079 	enum nl80211_preamble preamble;
3080 	u16 burst_period;
3081 	u8 requested:1,
3082 	   asap:1,
3083 	   request_lci:1,
3084 	   request_civicloc:1;
3085 	u8 num_bursts_exp;
3086 	u8 burst_duration;
3087 	u8 ftms_per_burst;
3088 	u8 ftmr_retries;
3089 };
3090 
3091 /**
3092  * struct cfg80211_pmsr_request_peer - peer data for a peer measurement request
3093  * @addr: MAC address
3094  * @chandef: channel to use
3095  * @report_ap_tsf: report the associated AP's TSF
3096  * @ftm: FTM data, see &struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_request_peer
3097  */
3098 struct cfg80211_pmsr_request_peer {
3099 	u8 addr[ETH_ALEN];
3100 	struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef;
3101 	u8 report_ap_tsf:1;
3102 	struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_request_peer ftm;
3103 };
3104 
3105 /**
3106  * struct cfg80211_pmsr_request - peer measurement request
3107  * @cookie: cookie, set by cfg80211
3108  * @nl_portid: netlink portid - used by cfg80211
3109  * @drv_data: driver data for this request, if required for aborting,
3110  *	not otherwise freed or anything by cfg80211
3111  * @mac_addr: MAC address used for (randomised) request
3112  * @mac_addr_mask: MAC address mask used for randomisation, bits that
3113  *	are 0 in the mask should be randomised, bits that are 1 should
3114  *	be taken from the @mac_addr
3115  * @list: used by cfg80211 to hold on to the request
3116  * @timeout: timeout (in milliseconds) for the whole operation, if
3117  *	zero it means there's no timeout
3118  * @n_peers: number of peers to do measurements with
3119  * @peers: per-peer measurement request data
3120  */
3121 struct cfg80211_pmsr_request {
3122 	u64 cookie;
3123 	void *drv_data;
3124 	u32 n_peers;
3125 	u32 nl_portid;
3126 
3127 	u32 timeout;
3128 
3129 	u8 mac_addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2);
3130 	u8 mac_addr_mask[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2);
3131 
3132 	struct list_head list;
3133 
3134 	struct cfg80211_pmsr_request_peer peers[];
3135 };
3136 
3137 /**
3138  * struct cfg80211_update_owe_info - OWE Information
3139  *
3140  * This structure provides information needed for the drivers to offload OWE
3141  * (Opportunistic Wireless Encryption) processing to the user space.
3142  *
3143  * Commonly used across update_owe_info request and event interfaces.
3144  *
3145  * @peer: MAC address of the peer device for which the OWE processing
3146  *	has to be done.
3147  * @status: status code, %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS for successful OWE info
3148  *	processing, use %WLAN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED_FAILURE if user space
3149  *	cannot give you the real status code for failures. Used only for
3150  *	OWE update request command interface (user space to driver).
3151  * @ie: IEs obtained from the peer or constructed by the user space. These are
3152  *	the IEs of the remote peer in the event from the host driver and
3153  *	the constructed IEs by the user space in the request interface.
3154  * @ie_len: Length of IEs in octets.
3155  */
3156 struct cfg80211_update_owe_info {
3157 	u8 peer[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2);
3158 	u16 status;
3159 	const u8 *ie;
3160 	size_t ie_len;
3161 };
3162 
3163 /**
3164  * struct cfg80211_ops - backend description for wireless configuration
3165  *
3166  * This struct is registered by fullmac card drivers and/or wireless stacks
3167  * in order to handle configuration requests on their interfaces.
3168  *
3169  * All callbacks except where otherwise noted should return 0
3170  * on success or a negative error code.
3171  *
3172  * All operations are currently invoked under rtnl for consistency with the
3173  * wireless extensions but this is subject to reevaluation as soon as this
3174  * code is used more widely and we have a first user without wext.
3175  *
3176  * @suspend: wiphy device needs to be suspended. The variable @wow will
3177  *	be %NULL or contain the enabled Wake-on-Wireless triggers that are
3178  *	configured for the device.
3179  * @resume: wiphy device needs to be resumed
3180  * @set_wakeup: Called when WoWLAN is enabled/disabled, use this callback
3181  *	to call device_set_wakeup_enable() to enable/disable wakeup from
3182  *	the device.
3183  *
3184  * @add_virtual_intf: create a new virtual interface with the given name,
3185  *	must set the struct wireless_dev's iftype. Beware: You must create
3186  *	the new netdev in the wiphy's network namespace! Returns the struct
3187  *	wireless_dev, or an ERR_PTR. For P2P device wdevs, the driver must
3188  *	also set the address member in the wdev.
3189  *
3190  * @del_virtual_intf: remove the virtual interface
3191  *
3192  * @change_virtual_intf: change type/configuration of virtual interface,
3193  *	keep the struct wireless_dev's iftype updated.
3194  *
3195  * @add_key: add a key with the given parameters. @mac_addr will be %NULL
3196  *	when adding a group key.
3197  *
3198  * @get_key: get information about the key with the given parameters.
3199  *	@mac_addr will be %NULL when requesting information for a group
3200  *	key. All pointers given to the @callback function need not be valid
3201  *	after it returns. This function should return an error if it is
3202  *	not possible to retrieve the key, -ENOENT if it doesn't exist.
3203  *
3204  * @del_key: remove a key given the @mac_addr (%NULL for a group key)
3205  *	and @key_index, return -ENOENT if the key doesn't exist.
3206  *
3207  * @set_default_key: set the default key on an interface
3208  *
3209  * @set_default_mgmt_key: set the default management frame key on an interface
3210  *
3211  * @set_rekey_data: give the data necessary for GTK rekeying to the driver
3212  *
3213  * @start_ap: Start acting in AP mode defined by the parameters.
3214  * @change_beacon: Change the beacon parameters for an access point mode
3215  *	interface. This should reject the call when AP mode wasn't started.
3216  * @stop_ap: Stop being an AP, including stopping beaconing.
3217  *
3218  * @add_station: Add a new station.
3219  * @del_station: Remove a station
3220  * @change_station: Modify a given station. Note that flags changes are not much
3221  *	validated in cfg80211, in particular the auth/assoc/authorized flags
3222  *	might come to the driver in invalid combinations -- make sure to check
3223  *	them, also against the existing state! Drivers must call
3224  *	cfg80211_check_station_change() to validate the information.
3225  * @get_station: get station information for the station identified by @mac
3226  * @dump_station: dump station callback -- resume dump at index @idx
3227  *
3228  * @add_mpath: add a fixed mesh path
3229  * @del_mpath: delete a given mesh path
3230  * @change_mpath: change a given mesh path
3231  * @get_mpath: get a mesh path for the given parameters
3232  * @dump_mpath: dump mesh path callback -- resume dump at index @idx
3233  * @get_mpp: get a mesh proxy path for the given parameters
3234  * @dump_mpp: dump mesh proxy path callback -- resume dump at index @idx
3235  * @join_mesh: join the mesh network with the specified parameters
3236  *	(invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
3237  * @leave_mesh: leave the current mesh network
3238  *	(invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
3239  *
3240  * @get_mesh_config: Get the current mesh configuration
3241  *
3242  * @update_mesh_config: Update mesh parameters on a running mesh.
3243  *	The mask is a bitfield which tells us which parameters to
3244  *	set, and which to leave alone.
3245  *
3246  * @change_bss: Modify parameters for a given BSS.
3247  *
3248  * @set_txq_params: Set TX queue parameters
3249  *
3250  * @libertas_set_mesh_channel: Only for backward compatibility for libertas,
3251  *	as it doesn't implement join_mesh and needs to set the channel to
3252  *	join the mesh instead.
3253  *
3254  * @set_monitor_channel: Set the monitor mode channel for the device. If other
3255  *	interfaces are active this callback should reject the configuration.
3256  *	If no interfaces are active or the device is down, the channel should
3257  *	be stored for when a monitor interface becomes active.
3258  *
3259  * @scan: Request to do a scan. If returning zero, the scan request is given
3260  *	the driver, and will be valid until passed to cfg80211_scan_done().
3261  *	For scan results, call cfg80211_inform_bss(); you can call this outside
3262  *	the scan/scan_done bracket too.
3263  * @abort_scan: Tell the driver to abort an ongoing scan. The driver shall
3264  *	indicate the status of the scan through cfg80211_scan_done().
3265  *
3266  * @auth: Request to authenticate with the specified peer
3267  *	(invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
3268  * @assoc: Request to (re)associate with the specified peer
3269  *	(invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
3270  * @deauth: Request to deauthenticate from the specified peer
3271  *	(invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
3272  * @disassoc: Request to disassociate from the specified peer
3273  *	(invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
3274  *
3275  * @connect: Connect to the ESS with the specified parameters. When connected,
3276  *	call cfg80211_connect_result()/cfg80211_connect_bss() with status code
3277  *	%WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS. If the connection fails for some reason, call
3278  *	cfg80211_connect_result()/cfg80211_connect_bss() with the status code
3279  *	from the AP or cfg80211_connect_timeout() if no frame with status code
3280  *	was received.
3281  *	The driver is allowed to roam to other BSSes within the ESS when the
3282  *	other BSS matches the connect parameters. When such roaming is initiated
3283  *	by the driver, the driver is expected to verify that the target matches
3284  *	the configured security parameters and to use Reassociation Request
3285  *	frame instead of Association Request frame.
3286  *	The connect function can also be used to request the driver to perform a
3287  *	specific roam when connected to an ESS. In that case, the prev_bssid
3288  *	parameter is set to the BSSID of the currently associated BSS as an
3289  *	indication of requesting reassociation.
3290  *	In both the driver-initiated and new connect() call initiated roaming
3291  *	cases, the result of roaming is indicated with a call to
3292  *	cfg80211_roamed(). (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
3293  * @update_connect_params: Update the connect parameters while connected to a
3294  *	BSS. The updated parameters can be used by driver/firmware for
3295  *	subsequent BSS selection (roaming) decisions and to form the
3296  *	Authentication/(Re)Association Request frames. This call does not
3297  *	request an immediate disassociation or reassociation with the current
3298  *	BSS, i.e., this impacts only subsequent (re)associations. The bits in
3299  *	changed are defined in &enum cfg80211_connect_params_changed.
3300  *	(invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
3301  * @disconnect: Disconnect from the BSS/ESS or stop connection attempts if
3302  *      connection is in progress. Once done, call cfg80211_disconnected() in
3303  *      case connection was already established (invoked with the
3304  *      wireless_dev mutex held), otherwise call cfg80211_connect_timeout().
3305  *
3306  * @join_ibss: Join the specified IBSS (or create if necessary). Once done, call
3307  *	cfg80211_ibss_joined(), also call that function when changing BSSID due
3308  *	to a merge.
3309  *	(invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
3310  * @leave_ibss: Leave the IBSS.
3311  *	(invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
3312  *
3313  * @set_mcast_rate: Set the specified multicast rate (only if vif is in ADHOC or
3314  *	MESH mode)
3315  *
3316  * @set_wiphy_params: Notify that wiphy parameters have changed;
3317  *	@changed bitfield (see &enum wiphy_params_flags) describes which values
3318  *	have changed. The actual parameter values are available in
3319  *	struct wiphy. If returning an error, no value should be changed.
3320  *
3321  * @set_tx_power: set the transmit power according to the parameters,
3322  *	the power passed is in mBm, to get dBm use MBM_TO_DBM(). The
3323  *	wdev may be %NULL if power was set for the wiphy, and will
3324  *	always be %NULL unless the driver supports per-vif TX power
3325  *	(as advertised by the nl80211 feature flag.)
3326  * @get_tx_power: store the current TX power into the dbm variable;
3327  *	return 0 if successful
3328  *
3329  * @set_wds_peer: set the WDS peer for a WDS interface
3330  *
3331  * @rfkill_poll: polls the hw rfkill line, use cfg80211 reporting
3332  *	functions to adjust rfkill hw state
3333  *
3334  * @dump_survey: get site survey information.
3335  *
3336  * @remain_on_channel: Request the driver to remain awake on the specified
3337  *	channel for the specified duration to complete an off-channel
3338  *	operation (e.g., public action frame exchange). When the driver is
3339  *	ready on the requested channel, it must indicate this with an event
3340  *	notification by calling cfg80211_ready_on_channel().
3341  * @cancel_remain_on_channel: Cancel an on-going remain-on-channel operation.
3342  *	This allows the operation to be terminated prior to timeout based on
3343  *	the duration value.
3344  * @mgmt_tx: Transmit a management frame.
3345  * @mgmt_tx_cancel_wait: Cancel the wait time from transmitting a management
3346  *	frame on another channel
3347  *
3348  * @testmode_cmd: run a test mode command; @wdev may be %NULL
3349  * @testmode_dump: Implement a test mode dump. The cb->args[2] and up may be
3350  *	used by the function, but 0 and 1 must not be touched. Additionally,
3351  *	return error codes other than -ENOBUFS and -ENOENT will terminate the
3352  *	dump and return to userspace with an error, so be careful. If any data
3353  *	was passed in from userspace then the data/len arguments will be present
3354  *	and point to the data contained in %NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA.
3355  *
3356  * @set_bitrate_mask: set the bitrate mask configuration
3357  *
3358  * @set_pmksa: Cache a PMKID for a BSSID. This is mostly useful for fullmac
3359  *	devices running firmwares capable of generating the (re) association
3360  *	RSN IE. It allows for faster roaming between WPA2 BSSIDs.
3361  * @del_pmksa: Delete a cached PMKID.
3362  * @flush_pmksa: Flush all cached PMKIDs.
3363  * @set_power_mgmt: Configure WLAN power management. A timeout value of -1
3364  *	allows the driver to adjust the dynamic ps timeout value.
3365  * @set_cqm_rssi_config: Configure connection quality monitor RSSI threshold.
3366  *	After configuration, the driver should (soon) send an event indicating
3367  *	the current level is above/below the configured threshold; this may
3368  *	need some care when the configuration is changed (without first being
3369  *	disabled.)
3370  * @set_cqm_rssi_range_config: Configure two RSSI thresholds in the
3371  *	connection quality monitor.  An event is to be sent only when the
3372  *	signal level is found to be outside the two values.  The driver should
3373  *	set %NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CQM_RSSI_LIST if this method is implemented.
3374  *	If it is provided then there's no point providing @set_cqm_rssi_config.
3375  * @set_cqm_txe_config: Configure connection quality monitor TX error
3376  *	thresholds.
3377  * @sched_scan_start: Tell the driver to start a scheduled scan.
3378  * @sched_scan_stop: Tell the driver to stop an ongoing scheduled scan with
3379  *	given request id. This call must stop the scheduled scan and be ready
3380  *	for starting a new one before it returns, i.e. @sched_scan_start may be
3381  *	called immediately after that again and should not fail in that case.
3382  *	The driver should not call cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped() for a requested
3383  *	stop (when this method returns 0).
3384  *
3385  * @mgmt_frame_register: Notify driver that a management frame type was
3386  *	registered. The callback is allowed to sleep.
3387  *
3388  * @set_antenna: Set antenna configuration (tx_ant, rx_ant) on the device.
3389  *	Parameters are bitmaps of allowed antennas to use for TX/RX. Drivers may
3390  *	reject TX/RX mask combinations they cannot support by returning -EINVAL
3391  *	(also see nl80211.h @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX).
3392  *
3393  * @get_antenna: Get current antenna configuration from device (tx_ant, rx_ant).
3394  *
3395  * @tdls_mgmt: Transmit a TDLS management frame.
3396  * @tdls_oper: Perform a high-level TDLS operation (e.g. TDLS link setup).
3397  *
3398  * @probe_client: probe an associated client, must return a cookie that it
3399  *	later passes to cfg80211_probe_status().
3400  *
3401  * @set_noack_map: Set the NoAck Map for the TIDs.
3402  *
3403  * @get_channel: Get the current operating channel for the virtual interface.
3404  *	For monitor interfaces, it should return %NULL unless there's a single
3405  *	current monitoring channel.
3406  *
3407  * @start_p2p_device: Start the given P2P device.
3408  * @stop_p2p_device: Stop the given P2P device.
3409  *
3410  * @set_mac_acl: Sets MAC address control list in AP and P2P GO mode.
3411  *	Parameters include ACL policy, an array of MAC address of stations
3412  *	and the number of MAC addresses. If there is already a list in driver
3413  *	this new list replaces the existing one. Driver has to clear its ACL
3414  *	when number of MAC addresses entries is passed as 0. Drivers which
3415  *	advertise the support for MAC based ACL have to implement this callback.
3416  *
3417  * @start_radar_detection: Start radar detection in the driver.
3418  *
3419  * @update_ft_ies: Provide updated Fast BSS Transition information to the
3420  *	driver. If the SME is in the driver/firmware, this information can be
3421  *	used in building Authentication and Reassociation Request frames.
3422  *
3423  * @crit_proto_start: Indicates a critical protocol needs more link reliability
3424  *	for a given duration (milliseconds). The protocol is provided so the
3425  *	driver can take the most appropriate actions.
3426  * @crit_proto_stop: Indicates critical protocol no longer needs increased link
3427  *	reliability. This operation can not fail.
3428  * @set_coalesce: Set coalesce parameters.
3429  *
3430  * @channel_switch: initiate channel-switch procedure (with CSA). Driver is
3431  *	responsible for veryfing if the switch is possible. Since this is
3432  *	inherently tricky driver may decide to disconnect an interface later
3433  *	with cfg80211_stop_iface(). This doesn't mean driver can accept
3434  *	everything. It should do it's best to verify requests and reject them
3435  *	as soon as possible.
3436  *
3437  * @set_qos_map: Set QoS mapping information to the driver
3438  *
3439  * @set_ap_chanwidth: Set the AP (including P2P GO) mode channel width for the
3440  *	given interface This is used e.g. for dynamic HT 20/40 MHz channel width
3441  *	changes during the lifetime of the BSS.
3442  *
3443  * @add_tx_ts: validate (if admitted_time is 0) or add a TX TS to the device
3444  *	with the given parameters; action frame exchange has been handled by
3445  *	userspace so this just has to modify the TX path to take the TS into
3446  *	account.
3447  *	If the admitted time is 0 just validate the parameters to make sure
3448  *	the session can be created at all; it is valid to just always return
3449  *	success for that but that may result in inefficient behaviour (handshake
3450  *	with the peer followed by immediate teardown when the addition is later
3451  *	rejected)
3452  * @del_tx_ts: remove an existing TX TS
3453  *
3454  * @join_ocb: join the OCB network with the specified parameters
3455  *	(invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
3456  * @leave_ocb: leave the current OCB network
3457  *	(invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
3458  *
3459  * @tdls_channel_switch: Start channel-switching with a TDLS peer. The driver
3460  *	is responsible for continually initiating channel-switching operations
3461  *	and returning to the base channel for communication with the AP.
3462  * @tdls_cancel_channel_switch: Stop channel-switching with a TDLS peer. Both
3463  *	peers must be on the base channel when the call completes.
3464  * @start_nan: Start the NAN interface.
3465  * @stop_nan: Stop the NAN interface.
3466  * @add_nan_func: Add a NAN function. Returns negative value on failure.
3467  *	On success @nan_func ownership is transferred to the driver and
3468  *	it may access it outside of the scope of this function. The driver
3469  *	should free the @nan_func when no longer needed by calling
3470  *	cfg80211_free_nan_func().
3471  *	On success the driver should assign an instance_id in the
3472  *	provided @nan_func.
3473  * @del_nan_func: Delete a NAN function.
3474  * @nan_change_conf: changes NAN configuration. The changed parameters must
3475  *	be specified in @changes (using &enum cfg80211_nan_conf_changes);
3476  *	All other parameters must be ignored.
3477  *
3478  * @set_multicast_to_unicast: configure multicast to unicast conversion for BSS
3479  *
3480  * @get_txq_stats: Get TXQ stats for interface or phy. If wdev is %NULL, this
3481  *      function should return phy stats, and interface stats otherwise.
3482  *
3483  * @set_pmk: configure the PMK to be used for offloaded 802.1X 4-Way handshake.
3484  *	If not deleted through @del_pmk the PMK remains valid until disconnect
3485  *	upon which the driver should clear it.
3486  *	(invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
3487  * @del_pmk: delete the previously configured PMK for the given authenticator.
3488  *	(invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
3489  *
3490  * @external_auth: indicates result of offloaded authentication processing from
3491  *     user space
3492  *
3493  * @tx_control_port: TX a control port frame (EAPoL).  The noencrypt parameter
3494  *	tells the driver that the frame should not be encrypted.
3495  *
3496  * @get_ftm_responder_stats: Retrieve FTM responder statistics, if available.
3497  *	Statistics should be cumulative, currently no way to reset is provided.
3498  * @start_pmsr: start peer measurement (e.g. FTM)
3499  * @abort_pmsr: abort peer measurement
3500  *
3501  * @update_owe_info: Provide updated OWE info to driver. Driver implementing SME
3502  *	but offloading OWE processing to the user space will get the updated
3503  *	DH IE through this interface.
3504  *
3505  * @probe_mesh_link: Probe direct Mesh peer's link quality by sending data frame
3506  *	and overrule HWMP path selection algorithm.
3507  */
3508 struct cfg80211_ops {
3509 	int	(*suspend)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct cfg80211_wowlan *wow);
3510 	int	(*resume)(struct wiphy *wiphy);
3511 	void	(*set_wakeup)(struct wiphy *wiphy, bool enabled);
3512 
3513 	struct wireless_dev * (*add_virtual_intf)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3514 						  const char *name,
3515 						  unsigned char name_assign_type,
3516 						  enum nl80211_iftype type,
3517 						  struct vif_params *params);
3518 	int	(*del_virtual_intf)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3519 				    struct wireless_dev *wdev);
3520 	int	(*change_virtual_intf)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3521 				       struct net_device *dev,
3522 				       enum nl80211_iftype type,
3523 				       struct vif_params *params);
3524 
3525 	int	(*add_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev,
3526 			   u8 key_index, bool pairwise, const u8 *mac_addr,
3527 			   struct key_params *params);
3528 	int	(*get_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev,
3529 			   u8 key_index, bool pairwise, const u8 *mac_addr,
3530 			   void *cookie,
3531 			   void (*callback)(void *cookie, struct key_params*));
3532 	int	(*del_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev,
3533 			   u8 key_index, bool pairwise, const u8 *mac_addr);
3534 	int	(*set_default_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3535 				   struct net_device *netdev,
3536 				   u8 key_index, bool unicast, bool multicast);
3537 	int	(*set_default_mgmt_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3538 					struct net_device *netdev,
3539 					u8 key_index);
3540 
3541 	int	(*start_ap)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3542 			    struct cfg80211_ap_settings *settings);
3543 	int	(*change_beacon)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3544 				 struct cfg80211_beacon_data *info);
3545 	int	(*stop_ap)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev);
3546 
3547 
3548 	int	(*add_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3549 			       const u8 *mac,
3550 			       struct station_parameters *params);
3551 	int	(*del_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3552 			       struct station_del_parameters *params);
3553 	int	(*change_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3554 				  const u8 *mac,
3555 				  struct station_parameters *params);
3556 	int	(*get_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3557 			       const u8 *mac, struct station_info *sinfo);
3558 	int	(*dump_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3559 				int idx, u8 *mac, struct station_info *sinfo);
3560 
3561 	int	(*add_mpath)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3562 			       const u8 *dst, const u8 *next_hop);
3563 	int	(*del_mpath)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3564 			       const u8 *dst);
3565 	int	(*change_mpath)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3566 				  const u8 *dst, const u8 *next_hop);
3567 	int	(*get_mpath)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3568 			     u8 *dst, u8 *next_hop, struct mpath_info *pinfo);
3569 	int	(*dump_mpath)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3570 			      int idx, u8 *dst, u8 *next_hop,
3571 			      struct mpath_info *pinfo);
3572 	int	(*get_mpp)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3573 			   u8 *dst, u8 *mpp, struct mpath_info *pinfo);
3574 	int	(*dump_mpp)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3575 			    int idx, u8 *dst, u8 *mpp,
3576 			    struct mpath_info *pinfo);
3577 	int	(*get_mesh_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3578 				struct net_device *dev,
3579 				struct mesh_config *conf);
3580 	int	(*update_mesh_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3581 				      struct net_device *dev, u32 mask,
3582 				      const struct mesh_config *nconf);
3583 	int	(*join_mesh)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3584 			     const struct mesh_config *conf,
3585 			     const struct mesh_setup *setup);
3586 	int	(*leave_mesh)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev);
3587 
3588 	int	(*join_ocb)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3589 			    struct ocb_setup *setup);
3590 	int	(*leave_ocb)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev);
3591 
3592 	int	(*change_bss)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3593 			      struct bss_parameters *params);
3594 
3595 	int	(*set_txq_params)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3596 				  struct ieee80211_txq_params *params);
3597 
3598 	int	(*libertas_set_mesh_channel)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3599 					     struct net_device *dev,
3600 					     struct ieee80211_channel *chan);
3601 
3602 	int	(*set_monitor_channel)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3603 				       struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef);
3604 
3605 	int	(*scan)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3606 			struct cfg80211_scan_request *request);
3607 	void	(*abort_scan)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev);
3608 
3609 	int	(*auth)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3610 			struct cfg80211_auth_request *req);
3611 	int	(*assoc)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3612 			 struct cfg80211_assoc_request *req);
3613 	int	(*deauth)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3614 			  struct cfg80211_deauth_request *req);
3615 	int	(*disassoc)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3616 			    struct cfg80211_disassoc_request *req);
3617 
3618 	int	(*connect)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3619 			   struct cfg80211_connect_params *sme);
3620 	int	(*update_connect_params)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3621 					 struct net_device *dev,
3622 					 struct cfg80211_connect_params *sme,
3623 					 u32 changed);
3624 	int	(*disconnect)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3625 			      u16 reason_code);
3626 
3627 	int	(*join_ibss)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3628 			     struct cfg80211_ibss_params *params);
3629 	int	(*leave_ibss)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev);
3630 
3631 	int	(*set_mcast_rate)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3632 				  int rate[NUM_NL80211_BANDS]);
3633 
3634 	int	(*set_wiphy_params)(struct wiphy *wiphy, u32 changed);
3635 
3636 	int	(*set_tx_power)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev,
3637 				enum nl80211_tx_power_setting type, int mbm);
3638 	int	(*get_tx_power)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev,
3639 				int *dbm);
3640 
3641 	int	(*set_wds_peer)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3642 				const u8 *addr);
3643 
3644 	void	(*rfkill_poll)(struct wiphy *wiphy);
3645 
3646 #ifdef CONFIG_NL80211_TESTMODE
3647 	int	(*testmode_cmd)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev,
3648 				void *data, int len);
3649 	int	(*testmode_dump)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct sk_buff *skb,
3650 				 struct netlink_callback *cb,
3651 				 void *data, int len);
3652 #endif
3653 
3654 	int	(*set_bitrate_mask)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3655 				    struct net_device *dev,
3656 				    const u8 *peer,
3657 				    const struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask *mask);
3658 
3659 	int	(*dump_survey)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev,
3660 			int idx, struct survey_info *info);
3661 
3662 	int	(*set_pmksa)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev,
3663 			     struct cfg80211_pmksa *pmksa);
3664 	int	(*del_pmksa)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev,
3665 			     struct cfg80211_pmksa *pmksa);
3666 	int	(*flush_pmksa)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev);
3667 
3668 	int	(*remain_on_channel)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3669 				     struct wireless_dev *wdev,
3670 				     struct ieee80211_channel *chan,
3671 				     unsigned int duration,
3672 				     u64 *cookie);
3673 	int	(*cancel_remain_on_channel)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3674 					    struct wireless_dev *wdev,
3675 					    u64 cookie);
3676 
3677 	int	(*mgmt_tx)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev,
3678 			   struct cfg80211_mgmt_tx_params *params,
3679 			   u64 *cookie);
3680 	int	(*mgmt_tx_cancel_wait)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3681 				       struct wireless_dev *wdev,
3682 				       u64 cookie);
3683 
3684 	int	(*set_power_mgmt)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3685 				  bool enabled, int timeout);
3686 
3687 	int	(*set_cqm_rssi_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3688 				       struct net_device *dev,
3689 				       s32 rssi_thold, u32 rssi_hyst);
3690 
3691 	int	(*set_cqm_rssi_range_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3692 					     struct net_device *dev,
3693 					     s32 rssi_low, s32 rssi_high);
3694 
3695 	int	(*set_cqm_txe_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3696 				      struct net_device *dev,
3697 				      u32 rate, u32 pkts, u32 intvl);
3698 
3699 	void	(*mgmt_frame_register)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3700 				       struct wireless_dev *wdev,
3701 				       u16 frame_type, bool reg);
3702 
3703 	int	(*set_antenna)(struct wiphy *wiphy, u32 tx_ant, u32 rx_ant);
3704 	int	(*get_antenna)(struct wiphy *wiphy, u32 *tx_ant, u32 *rx_ant);
3705 
3706 	int	(*sched_scan_start)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3707 				struct net_device *dev,
3708 				struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request *request);
3709 	int	(*sched_scan_stop)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3710 				   u64 reqid);
3711 
3712 	int	(*set_rekey_data)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3713 				  struct cfg80211_gtk_rekey_data *data);
3714 
3715 	int	(*tdls_mgmt)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3716 			     const u8 *peer, u8 action_code,  u8 dialog_token,
3717 			     u16 status_code, u32 peer_capability,
3718 			     bool initiator, const u8 *buf, size_t len);
3719 	int	(*tdls_oper)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3720 			     const u8 *peer, enum nl80211_tdls_operation oper);
3721 
3722 	int	(*probe_client)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3723 				const u8 *peer, u64 *cookie);
3724 
3725 	int	(*set_noack_map)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3726 				  struct net_device *dev,
3727 				  u16 noack_map);
3728 
3729 	int	(*get_channel)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3730 			       struct wireless_dev *wdev,
3731 			       struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef);
3732 
3733 	int	(*start_p2p_device)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3734 				    struct wireless_dev *wdev);
3735 	void	(*stop_p2p_device)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3736 				   struct wireless_dev *wdev);
3737 
3738 	int	(*set_mac_acl)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3739 			       const struct cfg80211_acl_data *params);
3740 
3741 	int	(*start_radar_detection)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3742 					 struct net_device *dev,
3743 					 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef,
3744 					 u32 cac_time_ms);
3745 	int	(*update_ft_ies)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3746 				 struct cfg80211_update_ft_ies_params *ftie);
3747 	int	(*crit_proto_start)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3748 				    struct wireless_dev *wdev,
3749 				    enum nl80211_crit_proto_id protocol,
3750 				    u16 duration);
3751 	void	(*crit_proto_stop)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3752 				   struct wireless_dev *wdev);
3753 	int	(*set_coalesce)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3754 				struct cfg80211_coalesce *coalesce);
3755 
3756 	int	(*channel_switch)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3757 				  struct net_device *dev,
3758 				  struct cfg80211_csa_settings *params);
3759 
3760 	int     (*set_qos_map)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3761 			       struct net_device *dev,
3762 			       struct cfg80211_qos_map *qos_map);
3763 
3764 	int	(*set_ap_chanwidth)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3765 				    struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef);
3766 
3767 	int	(*add_tx_ts)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3768 			     u8 tsid, const u8 *peer, u8 user_prio,
3769 			     u16 admitted_time);
3770 	int	(*del_tx_ts)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3771 			     u8 tsid, const u8 *peer);
3772 
3773 	int	(*tdls_channel_switch)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3774 				       struct net_device *dev,
3775 				       const u8 *addr, u8 oper_class,
3776 				       struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef);
3777 	void	(*tdls_cancel_channel_switch)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3778 					      struct net_device *dev,
3779 					      const u8 *addr);
3780 	int	(*start_nan)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev,
3781 			     struct cfg80211_nan_conf *conf);
3782 	void	(*stop_nan)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev);
3783 	int	(*add_nan_func)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev,
3784 				struct cfg80211_nan_func *nan_func);
3785 	void	(*del_nan_func)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev,
3786 			       u64 cookie);
3787 	int	(*nan_change_conf)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3788 				   struct wireless_dev *wdev,
3789 				   struct cfg80211_nan_conf *conf,
3790 				   u32 changes);
3791 
3792 	int	(*set_multicast_to_unicast)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3793 					    struct net_device *dev,
3794 					    const bool enabled);
3795 
3796 	int	(*get_txq_stats)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3797 				 struct wireless_dev *wdev,
3798 				 struct cfg80211_txq_stats *txqstats);
3799 
3800 	int	(*set_pmk)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3801 			   const struct cfg80211_pmk_conf *conf);
3802 	int	(*del_pmk)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3803 			   const u8 *aa);
3804 	int     (*external_auth)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3805 				 struct cfg80211_external_auth_params *params);
3806 
3807 	int	(*tx_control_port)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3808 				   struct net_device *dev,
3809 				   const u8 *buf, size_t len,
3810 				   const u8 *dest, const __be16 proto,
3811 				   const bool noencrypt);
3812 
3813 	int	(*get_ftm_responder_stats)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3814 				struct net_device *dev,
3815 				struct cfg80211_ftm_responder_stats *ftm_stats);
3816 
3817 	int	(*start_pmsr)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev,
3818 			      struct cfg80211_pmsr_request *request);
3819 	void	(*abort_pmsr)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev,
3820 			      struct cfg80211_pmsr_request *request);
3821 	int	(*update_owe_info)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3822 				   struct cfg80211_update_owe_info *owe_info);
3823 	int	(*probe_mesh_link)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3824 				   const u8 *buf, size_t len);
3825 };
3826 
3827 /*
3828  * wireless hardware and networking interfaces structures
3829  * and registration/helper functions
3830  */
3831 
3832 /**
3833  * enum wiphy_flags - wiphy capability flags
3834  *
3835  * @WIPHY_FLAG_NETNS_OK: if not set, do not allow changing the netns of this
3836  *	wiphy at all
3837  * @WIPHY_FLAG_PS_ON_BY_DEFAULT: if set to true, powersave will be enabled
3838  *	by default -- this flag will be set depending on the kernel's default
3839  *	on wiphy_new(), but can be changed by the driver if it has a good
3840  *	reason to override the default
3841  * @WIPHY_FLAG_4ADDR_AP: supports 4addr mode even on AP (with a single station
3842  *	on a VLAN interface). This flag also serves an extra purpose of
3843  *	supporting 4ADDR AP mode on devices which do not support AP/VLAN iftype.
3844  * @WIPHY_FLAG_4ADDR_STATION: supports 4addr mode even as a station
3845  * @WIPHY_FLAG_CONTROL_PORT_PROTOCOL: This device supports setting the
3846  *	control port protocol ethertype. The device also honours the
3847  *	control_port_no_encrypt flag.
3848  * @WIPHY_FLAG_IBSS_RSN: The device supports IBSS RSN.
3849  * @WIPHY_FLAG_MESH_AUTH: The device supports mesh authentication by routing
3850  *	auth frames to userspace. See @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH.
3851  * @WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_FW_ROAM: The device supports roaming feature in the
3852  *	firmware.
3853  * @WIPHY_FLAG_AP_UAPSD: The device supports uapsd on AP.
3854  * @WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_TDLS: The device supports TDLS (802.11z) operation.
3855  * @WIPHY_FLAG_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP: The device does not handle TDLS (802.11z)
3856  *	link setup/discovery operations internally. Setup, discovery and
3857  *	teardown packets should be sent through the @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT
3858  *	command. When this flag is not set, @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER should be
3859  *	used for asking the driver/firmware to perform a TDLS operation.
3860  * @WIPHY_FLAG_HAVE_AP_SME: device integrates AP SME
3861  * @WIPHY_FLAG_REPORTS_OBSS: the device will report beacons from other BSSes
3862  *	when there are virtual interfaces in AP mode by calling
3863  *	cfg80211_report_obss_beacon().
3864  * @WIPHY_FLAG_AP_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD: When operating as an AP, the device
3865  *	responds to probe-requests in hardware.
3866  * @WIPHY_FLAG_OFFCHAN_TX: Device supports direct off-channel TX.
3867  * @WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL: Device supports remain-on-channel call.
3868  * @WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_5_10_MHZ: Device supports 5 MHz and 10 MHz channels.
3869  * @WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Device supports channel switch in
3870  *	beaconing mode (AP, IBSS, Mesh, ...).
3871  * @WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_STATIC_WEP: The device supports static WEP key installation
3872  *	before connection.
3873  */
3874 enum wiphy_flags {
3875 	/* use hole at 0 */
3876 	/* use hole at 1 */
3877 	/* use hole at 2 */
3878 	WIPHY_FLAG_NETNS_OK			= BIT(3),
3879 	WIPHY_FLAG_PS_ON_BY_DEFAULT		= BIT(4),
3880 	WIPHY_FLAG_4ADDR_AP			= BIT(5),
3881 	WIPHY_FLAG_4ADDR_STATION		= BIT(6),
3882 	WIPHY_FLAG_CONTROL_PORT_PROTOCOL	= BIT(7),
3883 	WIPHY_FLAG_IBSS_RSN			= BIT(8),
3884 	WIPHY_FLAG_MESH_AUTH			= BIT(10),
3885 	/* use hole at 11 */
3886 	/* use hole at 12 */
3887 	WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_FW_ROAM		= BIT(13),
3888 	WIPHY_FLAG_AP_UAPSD			= BIT(14),
3889 	WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_TDLS		= BIT(15),
3890 	WIPHY_FLAG_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP		= BIT(16),
3891 	WIPHY_FLAG_HAVE_AP_SME			= BIT(17),
3892 	WIPHY_FLAG_REPORTS_OBSS			= BIT(18),
3893 	WIPHY_FLAG_AP_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD	= BIT(19),
3894 	WIPHY_FLAG_OFFCHAN_TX			= BIT(20),
3895 	WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL	= BIT(21),
3896 	WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_5_10_MHZ		= BIT(22),
3897 	WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_CHANNEL_SWITCH		= BIT(23),
3898 	WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_STATIC_WEP		= BIT(24),
3899 };
3900 
3901 /**
3902  * struct ieee80211_iface_limit - limit on certain interface types
3903  * @max: maximum number of interfaces of these types
3904  * @types: interface types (bits)
3905  */
3906 struct ieee80211_iface_limit {
3907 	u16 max;
3908 	u16 types;
3909 };
3910 
3911 /**
3912  * struct ieee80211_iface_combination - possible interface combination
3913  *
3914  * With this structure the driver can describe which interface
3915  * combinations it supports concurrently.
3916  *
3917  * Examples:
3918  *
3919  * 1. Allow #STA <= 1, #AP <= 1, matching BI, channels = 1, 2 total:
3920  *
3921  *    .. code-block:: c
3922  *
3923  *	struct ieee80211_iface_limit limits1[] = {
3924  *		{ .max = 1, .types = BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION), },
3925  *		{ .max = 1, .types = BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_AP}, },
3926  *	};
3927  *	struct ieee80211_iface_combination combination1 = {
3928  *		.limits = limits1,
3929  *		.n_limits = ARRAY_SIZE(limits1),
3930  *		.max_interfaces = 2,
3931  *		.beacon_int_infra_match = true,
3932  *	};
3933  *
3934  *
3935  * 2. Allow #{AP, P2P-GO} <= 8, channels = 1, 8 total:
3936  *
3937  *    .. code-block:: c
3938  *
3939  *	struct ieee80211_iface_limit limits2[] = {
3940  *		{ .max = 8, .types = BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_AP) |
3941  *				     BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO), },
3942  *	};
3943  *	struct ieee80211_iface_combination combination2 = {
3944  *		.limits = limits2,
3945  *		.n_limits = ARRAY_SIZE(limits2),
3946  *		.max_interfaces = 8,
3947  *		.num_different_channels = 1,
3948  *	};
3949  *
3950  *
3951  * 3. Allow #STA <= 1, #{P2P-client,P2P-GO} <= 3 on two channels, 4 total.
3952  *
3953  *    This allows for an infrastructure connection and three P2P connections.
3954  *
3955  *    .. code-block:: c
3956  *
3957  *	struct ieee80211_iface_limit limits3[] = {
3958  *		{ .max = 1, .types = BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION), },
3959  *		{ .max = 3, .types = BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO) |
3960  *				     BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_CLIENT), },
3961  *	};
3962  *	struct ieee80211_iface_combination combination3 = {
3963  *		.limits = limits3,
3964  *		.n_limits = ARRAY_SIZE(limits3),
3965  *		.max_interfaces = 4,
3966  *		.num_different_channels = 2,
3967  *	};
3968  *
3969  */
3970 struct ieee80211_iface_combination {
3971 	/**
3972 	 * @limits:
3973 	 * limits for the given interface types
3974 	 */
3975 	const struct ieee80211_iface_limit *limits;
3976 
3977 	/**
3978 	 * @num_different_channels:
3979 	 * can use up to this many different channels
3980 	 */
3981 	u32 num_different_channels;
3982 
3983 	/**
3984 	 * @max_interfaces:
3985 	 * maximum number of interfaces in total allowed in this group
3986 	 */
3987 	u16 max_interfaces;
3988 
3989 	/**
3990 	 * @n_limits:
3991 	 * number of limitations
3992 	 */
3993 	u8 n_limits;
3994 
3995 	/**
3996 	 * @beacon_int_infra_match:
3997 	 * In this combination, the beacon intervals between infrastructure
3998 	 * and AP types must match. This is required only in special cases.
3999 	 */
4000 	bool beacon_int_infra_match;
4001 
4002 	/**
4003 	 * @radar_detect_widths:
4004 	 * bitmap of channel widths supported for radar detection
4005 	 */
4006 	u8 radar_detect_widths;
4007 
4008 	/**
4009 	 * @radar_detect_regions:
4010 	 * bitmap of regions supported for radar detection
4011 	 */
4012 	u8 radar_detect_regions;
4013 
4014 	/**
4015 	 * @beacon_int_min_gcd:
4016 	 * This interface combination supports different beacon intervals.
4017 	 *
4018 	 * = 0
4019 	 *   all beacon intervals for different interface must be same.
4020 	 * > 0
4021 	 *   any beacon interval for the interface part of this combination AND
4022 	 *   GCD of all beacon intervals from beaconing interfaces of this
4023 	 *   combination must be greater or equal to this value.
4024 	 */
4025 	u32 beacon_int_min_gcd;
4026 };
4027 
4028 struct ieee80211_txrx_stypes {
4029 	u16 tx, rx;
4030 };
4031 
4032 /**
4033  * enum wiphy_wowlan_support_flags - WoWLAN support flags
4034  * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_ANY: supports wakeup for the special "any"
4035  *	trigger that keeps the device operating as-is and
4036  *	wakes up the host on any activity, for example a
4037  *	received packet that passed filtering; note that the
4038  *	packet should be preserved in that case
4039  * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_MAGIC_PKT: supports wakeup on magic packet
4040  *	(see nl80211.h)
4041  * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_DISCONNECT: supports wakeup on disconnect
4042  * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_SUPPORTS_GTK_REKEY: supports GTK rekeying while asleep
4043  * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_GTK_REKEY_FAILURE: supports wakeup on GTK rekey failure
4044  * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_EAP_IDENTITY_REQ: supports wakeup on EAP identity request
4045  * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_4WAY_HANDSHAKE: supports wakeup on 4-way handshake failure
4046  * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_RFKILL_RELEASE: supports wakeup on RF-kill release
4047  * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_NET_DETECT: supports wakeup on network detection
4048  */
4049 enum wiphy_wowlan_support_flags {
4050 	WIPHY_WOWLAN_ANY		= BIT(0),
4051 	WIPHY_WOWLAN_MAGIC_PKT		= BIT(1),
4052 	WIPHY_WOWLAN_DISCONNECT		= BIT(2),
4053 	WIPHY_WOWLAN_SUPPORTS_GTK_REKEY	= BIT(3),
4054 	WIPHY_WOWLAN_GTK_REKEY_FAILURE	= BIT(4),
4055 	WIPHY_WOWLAN_EAP_IDENTITY_REQ	= BIT(5),
4056 	WIPHY_WOWLAN_4WAY_HANDSHAKE	= BIT(6),
4057 	WIPHY_WOWLAN_RFKILL_RELEASE	= BIT(7),
4058 	WIPHY_WOWLAN_NET_DETECT		= BIT(8),
4059 };
4060 
4061 struct wiphy_wowlan_tcp_support {
4062 	const struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature *tok;
4063 	u32 data_payload_max;
4064 	u32 data_interval_max;
4065 	u32 wake_payload_max;
4066 	bool seq;
4067 };
4068 
4069 /**
4070  * struct wiphy_wowlan_support - WoWLAN support data
4071  * @flags: see &enum wiphy_wowlan_support_flags
4072  * @n_patterns: number of supported wakeup patterns
4073  *	(see nl80211.h for the pattern definition)
4074  * @pattern_max_len: maximum length of each pattern
4075  * @pattern_min_len: minimum length of each pattern
4076  * @max_pkt_offset: maximum Rx packet offset
4077  * @max_nd_match_sets: maximum number of matchsets for net-detect,
4078  *	similar, but not necessarily identical, to max_match_sets for
4079  *	scheduled scans.
4080  *	See &struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request.@match_sets for more
4081  *	details.
4082  * @tcp: TCP wakeup support information
4083  */
4084 struct wiphy_wowlan_support {
4085 	u32 flags;
4086 	int n_patterns;
4087 	int pattern_max_len;
4088 	int pattern_min_len;
4089 	int max_pkt_offset;
4090 	int max_nd_match_sets;
4091 	const struct wiphy_wowlan_tcp_support *tcp;
4092 };
4093 
4094 /**
4095  * struct wiphy_coalesce_support - coalesce support data
4096  * @n_rules: maximum number of coalesce rules
4097  * @max_delay: maximum supported coalescing delay in msecs
4098  * @n_patterns: number of supported patterns in a rule
4099  *	(see nl80211.h for the pattern definition)
4100  * @pattern_max_len: maximum length of each pattern
4101  * @pattern_min_len: minimum length of each pattern
4102  * @max_pkt_offset: maximum Rx packet offset
4103  */
4104 struct wiphy_coalesce_support {
4105 	int n_rules;
4106 	int max_delay;
4107 	int n_patterns;
4108 	int pattern_max_len;
4109 	int pattern_min_len;
4110 	int max_pkt_offset;
4111 };
4112 
4113 /**
4114  * enum wiphy_vendor_command_flags - validation flags for vendor commands
4115  * @WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_WDEV: vendor command requires wdev
4116  * @WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_NETDEV: vendor command requires netdev
4117  * @WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_RUNNING: interface/wdev must be up & running
4118  *	(must be combined with %_WDEV or %_NETDEV)
4119  */
4120 enum wiphy_vendor_command_flags {
4121 	WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_WDEV = BIT(0),
4122 	WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_NETDEV = BIT(1),
4123 	WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_RUNNING = BIT(2),
4124 };
4125 
4126 /**
4127  * enum wiphy_opmode_flag - Station's ht/vht operation mode information flags
4128  *
4129  * @STA_OPMODE_MAX_BW_CHANGED: Max Bandwidth changed
4130  * @STA_OPMODE_SMPS_MODE_CHANGED: SMPS mode changed
4131  * @STA_OPMODE_N_SS_CHANGED: max N_SS (number of spatial streams) changed
4132  *
4133  */
4134 enum wiphy_opmode_flag {
4135 	STA_OPMODE_MAX_BW_CHANGED	= BIT(0),
4136 	STA_OPMODE_SMPS_MODE_CHANGED	= BIT(1),
4137 	STA_OPMODE_N_SS_CHANGED		= BIT(2),
4138 };
4139 
4140 /**
4141  * struct sta_opmode_info - Station's ht/vht operation mode information
4142  * @changed: contains value from &enum wiphy_opmode_flag
4143  * @smps_mode: New SMPS mode value from &enum nl80211_smps_mode of a station
4144  * @bw: new max bandwidth value from &enum nl80211_chan_width of a station
4145  * @rx_nss: new rx_nss value of a station
4146  */
4147 
4148 struct sta_opmode_info {
4149 	u32 changed;
4150 	enum nl80211_smps_mode smps_mode;
4151 	enum nl80211_chan_width bw;
4152 	u8 rx_nss;
4153 };
4154 
4155 /**
4156  * struct wiphy_vendor_command - vendor command definition
4157  * @info: vendor command identifying information, as used in nl80211
4158  * @flags: flags, see &enum wiphy_vendor_command_flags
4159  * @doit: callback for the operation, note that wdev is %NULL if the
4160  *	flags didn't ask for a wdev and non-%NULL otherwise; the data
4161  *	pointer may be %NULL if userspace provided no data at all
4162  * @dumpit: dump callback, for transferring bigger/multiple items. The
4163  *	@storage points to cb->args[5], ie. is preserved over the multiple
4164  *	dumpit calls.
4165  * It's recommended to not have the same sub command with both @doit and
4166  * @dumpit, so that userspace can assume certain ones are get and others
4167  * are used with dump requests.
4168  */
4169 struct wiphy_vendor_command {
4170 	struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info info;
4171 	u32 flags;
4172 	int (*doit)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev,
4173 		    const void *data, int data_len);
4174 	int (*dumpit)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev,
4175 		      struct sk_buff *skb, const void *data, int data_len,
4176 		      unsigned long *storage);
4177 };
4178 
4179 /**
4180  * struct wiphy_iftype_ext_capab - extended capabilities per interface type
4181  * @iftype: interface type
4182  * @extended_capabilities: extended capabilities supported by the driver,
4183  *	additional capabilities might be supported by userspace; these are the
4184  *	802.11 extended capabilities ("Extended Capabilities element") and are
4185  *	in the same format as in the information element. See IEEE Std
4186  *	802.11-2012 8.4.2.29 for the defined fields.
4187  * @extended_capabilities_mask: mask of the valid values
4188  * @extended_capabilities_len: length of the extended capabilities
4189  */
4190 struct wiphy_iftype_ext_capab {
4191 	enum nl80211_iftype iftype;
4192 	const u8 *extended_capabilities;
4193 	const u8 *extended_capabilities_mask;
4194 	u8 extended_capabilities_len;
4195 };
4196 
4197 /**
4198  * struct cfg80211_pmsr_capabilities - cfg80211 peer measurement capabilities
4199  * @max_peers: maximum number of peers in a single measurement
4200  * @report_ap_tsf: can report assoc AP's TSF for radio resource measurement
4201  * @randomize_mac_addr: can randomize MAC address for measurement
4202  * @ftm.supported: FTM measurement is supported
4203  * @ftm.asap: ASAP-mode is supported
4204  * @ftm.non_asap: non-ASAP-mode is supported
4205  * @ftm.request_lci: can request LCI data
4206  * @ftm.request_civicloc: can request civic location data
4207  * @ftm.preambles: bitmap of preambles supported (&enum nl80211_preamble)
4208  * @ftm.bandwidths: bitmap of bandwidths supported (&enum nl80211_chan_width)
4209  * @ftm.max_bursts_exponent: maximum burst exponent supported
4210  *	(set to -1 if not limited; note that setting this will necessarily
4211  *	forbid using the value 15 to let the responder pick)
4212  * @ftm.max_ftms_per_burst: maximum FTMs per burst supported (set to 0 if
4213  *	not limited)
4214  */
4215 struct cfg80211_pmsr_capabilities {
4216 	unsigned int max_peers;
4217 	u8 report_ap_tsf:1,
4218 	   randomize_mac_addr:1;
4219 
4220 	struct {
4221 		u32 preambles;
4222 		u32 bandwidths;
4223 		s8 max_bursts_exponent;
4224 		u8 max_ftms_per_burst;
4225 		u8 supported:1,
4226 		   asap:1,
4227 		   non_asap:1,
4228 		   request_lci:1,
4229 		   request_civicloc:1;
4230 	} ftm;
4231 };
4232 
4233 /**
4234  * struct wiphy - wireless hardware description
4235  * @reg_notifier: the driver's regulatory notification callback,
4236  *	note that if your driver uses wiphy_apply_custom_regulatory()
4237  *	the reg_notifier's request can be passed as NULL
4238  * @regd: the driver's regulatory domain, if one was requested via
4239  * 	the regulatory_hint() API. This can be used by the driver
4240  *	on the reg_notifier() if it chooses to ignore future
4241  *	regulatory domain changes caused by other drivers.
4242  * @signal_type: signal type reported in &struct cfg80211_bss.
4243  * @cipher_suites: supported cipher suites
4244  * @n_cipher_suites: number of supported cipher suites
4245  * @akm_suites: supported AKM suites
4246  * @n_akm_suites: number of supported AKM suites
4247  * @retry_short: Retry limit for short frames (dot11ShortRetryLimit)
4248  * @retry_long: Retry limit for long frames (dot11LongRetryLimit)
4249  * @frag_threshold: Fragmentation threshold (dot11FragmentationThreshold);
4250  *	-1 = fragmentation disabled, only odd values >= 256 used
4251  * @rts_threshold: RTS threshold (dot11RTSThreshold); -1 = RTS/CTS disabled
4252  * @_net: the network namespace this wiphy currently lives in
4253  * @perm_addr: permanent MAC address of this device
4254  * @addr_mask: If the device supports multiple MAC addresses by masking,
4255  *	set this to a mask with variable bits set to 1, e.g. if the last
4256  *	four bits are variable then set it to 00-00-00-00-00-0f. The actual
4257  *	variable bits shall be determined by the interfaces added, with
4258  *	interfaces not matching the mask being rejected to be brought up.
4259  * @n_addresses: number of addresses in @addresses.
4260  * @addresses: If the device has more than one address, set this pointer
4261  *	to a list of addresses (6 bytes each). The first one will be used
4262  *	by default for perm_addr. In this case, the mask should be set to
4263  *	all-zeroes. In this case it is assumed that the device can handle
4264  *	the same number of arbitrary MAC addresses.
4265  * @registered: protects ->resume and ->suspend sysfs callbacks against
4266  *	unregister hardware
4267  * @debugfsdir: debugfs directory used for this wiphy, will be renamed
4268  *	automatically on wiphy renames
4269  * @dev: (virtual) struct device for this wiphy
4270  * @registered: helps synchronize suspend/resume with wiphy unregister
4271  * @wext: wireless extension handlers
4272  * @priv: driver private data (sized according to wiphy_new() parameter)
4273  * @interface_modes: bitmask of interfaces types valid for this wiphy,
4274  *	must be set by driver
4275  * @iface_combinations: Valid interface combinations array, should not
4276  *	list single interface types.
4277  * @n_iface_combinations: number of entries in @iface_combinations array.
4278  * @software_iftypes: bitmask of software interface types, these are not
4279  *	subject to any restrictions since they are purely managed in SW.
4280  * @flags: wiphy flags, see &enum wiphy_flags
4281  * @regulatory_flags: wiphy regulatory flags, see
4282  *	&enum ieee80211_regulatory_flags
4283  * @features: features advertised to nl80211, see &enum nl80211_feature_flags.
4284  * @ext_features: extended features advertised to nl80211, see
4285  *	&enum nl80211_ext_feature_index.
4286  * @bss_priv_size: each BSS struct has private data allocated with it,
4287  *	this variable determines its size
4288  * @max_scan_ssids: maximum number of SSIDs the device can scan for in
4289  *	any given scan
4290  * @max_sched_scan_reqs: maximum number of scheduled scan requests that
4291  *	the device can run concurrently.
4292  * @max_sched_scan_ssids: maximum number of SSIDs the device can scan
4293  *	for in any given scheduled scan
4294  * @max_match_sets: maximum number of match sets the device can handle
4295  *	when performing a scheduled scan, 0 if filtering is not
4296  *	supported.
4297  * @max_scan_ie_len: maximum length of user-controlled IEs device can
4298  *	add to probe request frames transmitted during a scan, must not
4299  *	include fixed IEs like supported rates
4300  * @max_sched_scan_ie_len: same as max_scan_ie_len, but for scheduled
4301  *	scans
4302  * @max_sched_scan_plans: maximum number of scan plans (scan interval and number
4303  *	of iterations) for scheduled scan supported by the device.
4304  * @max_sched_scan_plan_interval: maximum interval (in seconds) for a
4305  *	single scan plan supported by the device.
4306  * @max_sched_scan_plan_iterations: maximum number of iterations for a single
4307  *	scan plan supported by the device.
4308  * @coverage_class: current coverage class
4309  * @fw_version: firmware version for ethtool reporting
4310  * @hw_version: hardware version for ethtool reporting
4311  * @max_num_pmkids: maximum number of PMKIDs supported by device
4312  * @privid: a pointer that drivers can use to identify if an arbitrary
4313  *	wiphy is theirs, e.g. in global notifiers
4314  * @bands: information about bands/channels supported by this device
4315  *
4316  * @mgmt_stypes: bitmasks of frame subtypes that can be subscribed to or
4317  *	transmitted through nl80211, points to an array indexed by interface
4318  *	type
4319  *
4320  * @available_antennas_tx: bitmap of antennas which are available to be
4321  *	configured as TX antennas. Antenna configuration commands will be
4322  *	rejected unless this or @available_antennas_rx is set.
4323  *
4324  * @available_antennas_rx: bitmap of antennas which are available to be
4325  *	configured as RX antennas. Antenna configuration commands will be
4326  *	rejected unless this or @available_antennas_tx is set.
4327  *
4328  * @probe_resp_offload:
4329  *	 Bitmap of supported protocols for probe response offloading.
4330  *	 See &enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr. Only valid
4331  *	 when the wiphy flag @WIPHY_FLAG_AP_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD is set.
4332  *
4333  * @max_remain_on_channel_duration: Maximum time a remain-on-channel operation
4334  *	may request, if implemented.
4335  *
4336  * @wowlan: WoWLAN support information
4337  * @wowlan_config: current WoWLAN configuration; this should usually not be
4338  *	used since access to it is necessarily racy, use the parameter passed
4339  *	to the suspend() operation instead.
4340  *
4341  * @ap_sme_capa: AP SME capabilities, flags from &enum nl80211_ap_sme_features.
4342  * @ht_capa_mod_mask:  Specify what ht_cap values can be over-ridden.
4343  *	If null, then none can be over-ridden.
4344  * @vht_capa_mod_mask:  Specify what VHT capabilities can be over-ridden.
4345  *	If null, then none can be over-ridden.
4346  *
4347  * @wdev_list: the list of associated (virtual) interfaces; this list must
4348  *	not be modified by the driver, but can be read with RTNL/RCU protection.
4349  *
4350  * @max_acl_mac_addrs: Maximum number of MAC addresses that the device
4351  *	supports for ACL.
4352  *
4353  * @extended_capabilities: extended capabilities supported by the driver,
4354  *	additional capabilities might be supported by userspace; these are
4355  *	the 802.11 extended capabilities ("Extended Capabilities element")
4356  *	and are in the same format as in the information element. See
4357  *	802.11-2012 8.4.2.29 for the defined fields. These are the default
4358  *	extended capabilities to be used if the capabilities are not specified
4359  *	for a specific interface type in iftype_ext_capab.
4360  * @extended_capabilities_mask: mask of the valid values
4361  * @extended_capabilities_len: length of the extended capabilities
4362  * @iftype_ext_capab: array of extended capabilities per interface type
4363  * @num_iftype_ext_capab: number of interface types for which extended
4364  *	capabilities are specified separately.
4365  * @coalesce: packet coalescing support information
4366  *
4367  * @vendor_commands: array of vendor commands supported by the hardware
4368  * @n_vendor_commands: number of vendor commands
4369  * @vendor_events: array of vendor events supported by the hardware
4370  * @n_vendor_events: number of vendor events
4371  *
4372  * @max_ap_assoc_sta: maximum number of associated stations supported in AP mode
4373  *	(including P2P GO) or 0 to indicate no such limit is advertised. The
4374  *	driver is allowed to advertise a theoretical limit that it can reach in
4375  *	some cases, but may not always reach.
4376  *
4377  * @max_num_csa_counters: Number of supported csa_counters in beacons
4378  *	and probe responses.  This value should be set if the driver
4379  *	wishes to limit the number of csa counters. Default (0) means
4380  *	infinite.
4381  * @max_adj_channel_rssi_comp: max offset of between the channel on which the
4382  *	frame was sent and the channel on which the frame was heard for which
4383  *	the reported rssi is still valid. If a driver is able to compensate the
4384  *	low rssi when a frame is heard on different channel, then it should set
4385  *	this variable to the maximal offset for which it can compensate.
4386  *	This value should be set in MHz.
4387  * @bss_select_support: bitmask indicating the BSS selection criteria supported
4388  *	by the driver in the .connect() callback. The bit position maps to the
4389  *	attribute indices defined in &enum nl80211_bss_select_attr.
4390  *
4391  * @nan_supported_bands: bands supported by the device in NAN mode, a
4392  *	bitmap of &enum nl80211_band values.  For instance, for
4393  *	NL80211_BAND_2GHZ, bit 0 would be set
4394  *	(i.e. BIT(NL80211_BAND_2GHZ)).
4395  *
4396  * @txq_limit: configuration of internal TX queue frame limit
4397  * @txq_memory_limit: configuration internal TX queue memory limit
4398  * @txq_quantum: configuration of internal TX queue scheduler quantum
4399  *
4400  * @support_mbssid: can HW support association with nontransmitted AP
4401  * @support_only_he_mbssid: don't parse MBSSID elements if it is not
4402  *	HE AP, in order to avoid compatibility issues.
4403  *	@support_mbssid must be set for this to have any effect.
4404  *
4405  * @pmsr_capa: peer measurement capabilities
4406  */
4407 struct wiphy {
4408 	/* assign these fields before you register the wiphy */
4409 
4410 	/* permanent MAC address(es) */
4411 	u8 perm_addr[ETH_ALEN];
4412 	u8 addr_mask[ETH_ALEN];
4413 
4414 	struct mac_address *addresses;
4415 
4416 	const struct ieee80211_txrx_stypes *mgmt_stypes;
4417 
4418 	const struct ieee80211_iface_combination *iface_combinations;
4419 	int n_iface_combinations;
4420 	u16 software_iftypes;
4421 
4422 	u16 n_addresses;
4423 
4424 	/* Supported interface modes, OR together BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_...) */
4425 	u16 interface_modes;
4426 
4427 	u16 max_acl_mac_addrs;
4428 
4429 	u32 flags, regulatory_flags, features;
4430 	u8 ext_features[DIV_ROUND_UP(NUM_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES, 8)];
4431 
4432 	u32 ap_sme_capa;
4433 
4434 	enum cfg80211_signal_type signal_type;
4435 
4436 	int bss_priv_size;
4437 	u8 max_scan_ssids;
4438 	u8 max_sched_scan_reqs;
4439 	u8 max_sched_scan_ssids;
4440 	u8 max_match_sets;
4441 	u16 max_scan_ie_len;
4442 	u16 max_sched_scan_ie_len;
4443 	u32 max_sched_scan_plans;
4444 	u32 max_sched_scan_plan_interval;
4445 	u32 max_sched_scan_plan_iterations;
4446 
4447 	int n_cipher_suites;
4448 	const u32 *cipher_suites;
4449 
4450 	int n_akm_suites;
4451 	const u32 *akm_suites;
4452 
4453 	u8 retry_short;
4454 	u8 retry_long;
4455 	u32 frag_threshold;
4456 	u32 rts_threshold;
4457 	u8 coverage_class;
4458 
4459 	char fw_version[ETHTOOL_FWVERS_LEN];
4460 	u32 hw_version;
4461 
4462 #ifdef CONFIG_PM
4463 	const struct wiphy_wowlan_support *wowlan;
4464 	struct cfg80211_wowlan *wowlan_config;
4465 #endif
4466 
4467 	u16 max_remain_on_channel_duration;
4468 
4469 	u8 max_num_pmkids;
4470 
4471 	u32 available_antennas_tx;
4472 	u32 available_antennas_rx;
4473 
4474 	/*
4475 	 * Bitmap of supported protocols for probe response offloading
4476 	 * see &enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr. Only valid
4477 	 * when the wiphy flag @WIPHY_FLAG_AP_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD is set.
4478 	 */
4479 	u32 probe_resp_offload;
4480 
4481 	const u8 *extended_capabilities, *extended_capabilities_mask;
4482 	u8 extended_capabilities_len;
4483 
4484 	const struct wiphy_iftype_ext_capab *iftype_ext_capab;
4485 	unsigned int num_iftype_ext_capab;
4486 
4487 	/* If multiple wiphys are registered and you're handed e.g.
4488 	 * a regular netdev with assigned ieee80211_ptr, you won't
4489 	 * know whether it points to a wiphy your driver has registered
4490 	 * or not. Assign this to something global to your driver to
4491 	 * help determine whether you own this wiphy or not. */
4492 	const void *privid;
4493 
4494 	struct ieee80211_supported_band *bands[NUM_NL80211_BANDS];
4495 
4496 	/* Lets us get back the wiphy on the callback */
4497 	void (*reg_notifier)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
4498 			     struct regulatory_request *request);
4499 
4500 	/* fields below are read-only, assigned by cfg80211 */
4501 
4502 	const struct ieee80211_regdomain __rcu *regd;
4503 
4504 	/* the item in /sys/class/ieee80211/ points to this,
4505 	 * you need use set_wiphy_dev() (see below) */
4506 	struct device dev;
4507 
4508 	/* protects ->resume, ->suspend sysfs callbacks against unregister hw */
4509 	bool registered;
4510 
4511 	/* dir in debugfs: ieee80211/<wiphyname> */
4512 	struct dentry *debugfsdir;
4513 
4514 	const struct ieee80211_ht_cap *ht_capa_mod_mask;
4515 	const struct ieee80211_vht_cap *vht_capa_mod_mask;
4516 
4517 	struct list_head wdev_list;
4518 
4519 	/* the network namespace this phy lives in currently */
4520 	possible_net_t _net;
4521 
4522 #ifdef CONFIG_CFG80211_WEXT
4523 	const struct iw_handler_def *wext;
4524 #endif
4525 
4526 	const struct wiphy_coalesce_support *coalesce;
4527 
4528 	const struct wiphy_vendor_command *vendor_commands;
4529 	const struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info *vendor_events;
4530 	int n_vendor_commands, n_vendor_events;
4531 
4532 	u16 max_ap_assoc_sta;
4533 
4534 	u8 max_num_csa_counters;
4535 	u8 max_adj_channel_rssi_comp;
4536 
4537 	u32 bss_select_support;
4538 
4539 	u8 nan_supported_bands;
4540 
4541 	u32 txq_limit;
4542 	u32 txq_memory_limit;
4543 	u32 txq_quantum;
4544 
4545 	u8 support_mbssid:1,
4546 	   support_only_he_mbssid:1;
4547 
4548 	const struct cfg80211_pmsr_capabilities *pmsr_capa;
4549 
4550 	char priv[0] __aligned(NETDEV_ALIGN);
4551 };
4552 
4553 static inline struct net *wiphy_net(struct wiphy *wiphy)
4554 {
4555 	return read_pnet(&wiphy->_net);
4556 }
4557 
4558 static inline void wiphy_net_set(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net *net)
4559 {
4560 	write_pnet(&wiphy->_net, net);
4561 }
4562 
4563 /**
4564  * wiphy_priv - return priv from wiphy
4565  *
4566  * @wiphy: the wiphy whose priv pointer to return
4567  * Return: The priv of @wiphy.
4568  */
4569 static inline void *wiphy_priv(struct wiphy *wiphy)
4570 {
4571 	BUG_ON(!wiphy);
4572 	return &wiphy->priv;
4573 }
4574 
4575 /**
4576  * priv_to_wiphy - return the wiphy containing the priv
4577  *
4578  * @priv: a pointer previously returned by wiphy_priv
4579  * Return: The wiphy of @priv.
4580  */
4581 static inline struct wiphy *priv_to_wiphy(void *priv)
4582 {
4583 	BUG_ON(!priv);
4584 	return container_of(priv, struct wiphy, priv);
4585 }
4586 
4587 /**
4588  * set_wiphy_dev - set device pointer for wiphy
4589  *
4590  * @wiphy: The wiphy whose device to bind
4591  * @dev: The device to parent it to
4592  */
4593 static inline void set_wiphy_dev(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct device *dev)
4594 {
4595 	wiphy->dev.parent = dev;
4596 }
4597 
4598 /**
4599  * wiphy_dev - get wiphy dev pointer
4600  *
4601  * @wiphy: The wiphy whose device struct to look up
4602  * Return: The dev of @wiphy.
4603  */
4604 static inline struct device *wiphy_dev(struct wiphy *wiphy)
4605 {
4606 	return wiphy->dev.parent;
4607 }
4608 
4609 /**
4610  * wiphy_name - get wiphy name
4611  *
4612  * @wiphy: The wiphy whose name to return
4613  * Return: The name of @wiphy.
4614  */
4615 static inline const char *wiphy_name(const struct wiphy *wiphy)
4616 {
4617 	return dev_name(&wiphy->dev);
4618 }
4619 
4620 /**
4621  * wiphy_new_nm - create a new wiphy for use with cfg80211
4622  *
4623  * @ops: The configuration operations for this device
4624  * @sizeof_priv: The size of the private area to allocate
4625  * @requested_name: Request a particular name.
4626  *	NULL is valid value, and means use the default phy%d naming.
4627  *
4628  * Create a new wiphy and associate the given operations with it.
4629  * @sizeof_priv bytes are allocated for private use.
4630  *
4631  * Return: A pointer to the new wiphy. This pointer must be
4632  * assigned to each netdev's ieee80211_ptr for proper operation.
4633  */
4634 struct wiphy *wiphy_new_nm(const struct cfg80211_ops *ops, int sizeof_priv,
4635 			   const char *requested_name);
4636 
4637 /**
4638  * wiphy_new - create a new wiphy for use with cfg80211
4639  *
4640  * @ops: The configuration operations for this device
4641  * @sizeof_priv: The size of the private area to allocate
4642  *
4643  * Create a new wiphy and associate the given operations with it.
4644  * @sizeof_priv bytes are allocated for private use.
4645  *
4646  * Return: A pointer to the new wiphy. This pointer must be
4647  * assigned to each netdev's ieee80211_ptr for proper operation.
4648  */
4649 static inline struct wiphy *wiphy_new(const struct cfg80211_ops *ops,
4650 				      int sizeof_priv)
4651 {
4652 	return wiphy_new_nm(ops, sizeof_priv, NULL);
4653 }
4654 
4655 /**
4656  * wiphy_register - register a wiphy with cfg80211
4657  *
4658  * @wiphy: The wiphy to register.
4659  *
4660  * Return: A non-negative wiphy index or a negative error code.
4661  */
4662 int wiphy_register(struct wiphy *wiphy);
4663 
4664 /**
4665  * wiphy_unregister - deregister a wiphy from cfg80211
4666  *
4667  * @wiphy: The wiphy to unregister.
4668  *
4669  * After this call, no more requests can be made with this priv
4670  * pointer, but the call may sleep to wait for an outstanding
4671  * request that is being handled.
4672  */
4673 void wiphy_unregister(struct wiphy *wiphy);
4674 
4675 /**
4676  * wiphy_free - free wiphy
4677  *
4678  * @wiphy: The wiphy to free
4679  */
4680 void wiphy_free(struct wiphy *wiphy);
4681 
4682 /* internal structs */
4683 struct cfg80211_conn;
4684 struct cfg80211_internal_bss;
4685 struct cfg80211_cached_keys;
4686 struct cfg80211_cqm_config;
4687 
4688 /**
4689  * struct wireless_dev - wireless device state
4690  *
4691  * For netdevs, this structure must be allocated by the driver
4692  * that uses the ieee80211_ptr field in struct net_device (this
4693  * is intentional so it can be allocated along with the netdev.)
4694  * It need not be registered then as netdev registration will
4695  * be intercepted by cfg80211 to see the new wireless device.
4696  *
4697  * For non-netdev uses, it must also be allocated by the driver
4698  * in response to the cfg80211 callbacks that require it, as
4699  * there's no netdev registration in that case it may not be
4700  * allocated outside of callback operations that return it.
4701  *
4702  * @wiphy: pointer to hardware description
4703  * @iftype: interface type
4704  * @list: (private) Used to collect the interfaces
4705  * @netdev: (private) Used to reference back to the netdev, may be %NULL
4706  * @identifier: (private) Identifier used in nl80211 to identify this
4707  *	wireless device if it has no netdev
4708  * @current_bss: (private) Used by the internal configuration code
4709  * @chandef: (private) Used by the internal configuration code to track
4710  *	the user-set channel definition.
4711  * @preset_chandef: (private) Used by the internal configuration code to
4712  *	track the channel to be used for AP later
4713  * @bssid: (private) Used by the internal configuration code
4714  * @ssid: (private) Used by the internal configuration code
4715  * @ssid_len: (private) Used by the internal configuration code
4716  * @mesh_id_len: (private) Used by the internal configuration code
4717  * @mesh_id_up_len: (private) Used by the internal configuration code
4718  * @wext: (private) Used by the internal wireless extensions compat code
4719  * @wext.ibss: (private) IBSS data part of wext handling
4720  * @wext.connect: (private) connection handling data
4721  * @wext.keys: (private) (WEP) key data
4722  * @wext.ie: (private) extra elements for association
4723  * @wext.ie_len: (private) length of extra elements
4724  * @wext.bssid: (private) selected network BSSID
4725  * @wext.ssid: (private) selected network SSID
4726  * @wext.default_key: (private) selected default key index
4727  * @wext.default_mgmt_key: (private) selected default management key index
4728  * @wext.prev_bssid: (private) previous BSSID for reassociation
4729  * @wext.prev_bssid_valid: (private) previous BSSID validity
4730  * @use_4addr: indicates 4addr mode is used on this interface, must be
4731  *	set by driver (if supported) on add_interface BEFORE registering the
4732  *	netdev and may otherwise be used by driver read-only, will be update
4733  *	by cfg80211 on change_interface
4734  * @mgmt_registrations: list of registrations for management frames
4735  * @mgmt_registrations_lock: lock for the list
4736  * @mtx: mutex used to lock data in this struct, may be used by drivers
4737  *	and some API functions require it held
4738  * @beacon_interval: beacon interval used on this device for transmitting
4739  *	beacons, 0 when not valid
4740  * @address: The address for this device, valid only if @netdev is %NULL
4741  * @is_running: true if this is a non-netdev device that has been started, e.g.
4742  *	the P2P Device.
4743  * @cac_started: true if DFS channel availability check has been started
4744  * @cac_start_time: timestamp (jiffies) when the dfs state was entered.
4745  * @cac_time_ms: CAC time in ms
4746  * @ps: powersave mode is enabled
4747  * @ps_timeout: dynamic powersave timeout
4748  * @ap_unexpected_nlportid: (private) netlink port ID of application
4749  *	registered for unexpected class 3 frames (AP mode)
4750  * @conn: (private) cfg80211 software SME connection state machine data
4751  * @connect_keys: (private) keys to set after connection is established
4752  * @conn_bss_type: connecting/connected BSS type
4753  * @conn_owner_nlportid: (private) connection owner socket port ID
4754  * @disconnect_wk: (private) auto-disconnect work
4755  * @disconnect_bssid: (private) the BSSID to use for auto-disconnect
4756  * @ibss_fixed: (private) IBSS is using fixed BSSID
4757  * @ibss_dfs_possible: (private) IBSS may change to a DFS channel
4758  * @event_list: (private) list for internal event processing
4759  * @event_lock: (private) lock for event list
4760  * @owner_nlportid: (private) owner socket port ID
4761  * @nl_owner_dead: (private) owner socket went away
4762  * @cqm_config: (private) nl80211 RSSI monitor state
4763  * @pmsr_list: (private) peer measurement requests
4764  * @pmsr_lock: (private) peer measurements requests/results lock
4765  * @pmsr_free_wk: (private) peer measurements cleanup work
4766  */
4767 struct wireless_dev {
4768 	struct wiphy *wiphy;
4769 	enum nl80211_iftype iftype;
4770 
4771 	/* the remainder of this struct should be private to cfg80211 */
4772 	struct list_head list;
4773 	struct net_device *netdev;
4774 
4775 	u32 identifier;
4776 
4777 	struct list_head mgmt_registrations;
4778 	spinlock_t mgmt_registrations_lock;
4779 
4780 	struct mutex mtx;
4781 
4782 	bool use_4addr, is_running;
4783 
4784 	u8 address[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(sizeof(u16));
4785 
4786 	/* currently used for IBSS and SME - might be rearranged later */
4787 	u8 ssid[IEEE80211_MAX_SSID_LEN];
4788 	u8 ssid_len, mesh_id_len, mesh_id_up_len;
4789 	struct cfg80211_conn *conn;
4790 	struct cfg80211_cached_keys *connect_keys;
4791 	enum ieee80211_bss_type conn_bss_type;
4792 	u32 conn_owner_nlportid;
4793 
4794 	struct work_struct disconnect_wk;
4795 	u8 disconnect_bssid[ETH_ALEN];
4796 
4797 	struct list_head event_list;
4798 	spinlock_t event_lock;
4799 
4800 	struct cfg80211_internal_bss *current_bss; /* associated / joined */
4801 	struct cfg80211_chan_def preset_chandef;
4802 	struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef;
4803 
4804 	bool ibss_fixed;
4805 	bool ibss_dfs_possible;
4806 
4807 	bool ps;
4808 	int ps_timeout;
4809 
4810 	int beacon_interval;
4811 
4812 	u32 ap_unexpected_nlportid;
4813 
4814 	u32 owner_nlportid;
4815 	bool nl_owner_dead;
4816 
4817 	bool cac_started;
4818 	unsigned long cac_start_time;
4819 	unsigned int cac_time_ms;
4820 
4821 #ifdef CONFIG_CFG80211_WEXT
4822 	/* wext data */
4823 	struct {
4824 		struct cfg80211_ibss_params ibss;
4825 		struct cfg80211_connect_params connect;
4826 		struct cfg80211_cached_keys *keys;
4827 		const u8 *ie;
4828 		size_t ie_len;
4829 		u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN];
4830 		u8 prev_bssid[ETH_ALEN];
4831 		u8 ssid[IEEE80211_MAX_SSID_LEN];
4832 		s8 default_key, default_mgmt_key;
4833 		bool prev_bssid_valid;
4834 	} wext;
4835 #endif
4836 
4837 	struct cfg80211_cqm_config *cqm_config;
4838 
4839 	struct list_head pmsr_list;
4840 	spinlock_t pmsr_lock;
4841 	struct work_struct pmsr_free_wk;
4842 };
4843 
4844 static inline u8 *wdev_address(struct wireless_dev *wdev)
4845 {
4846 	if (wdev->netdev)
4847 		return wdev->netdev->dev_addr;
4848 	return wdev->address;
4849 }
4850 
4851 static inline bool wdev_running(struct wireless_dev *wdev)
4852 {
4853 	if (wdev->netdev)
4854 		return netif_running(wdev->netdev);
4855 	return wdev->is_running;
4856 }
4857 
4858 /**
4859  * wdev_priv - return wiphy priv from wireless_dev
4860  *
4861  * @wdev: The wireless device whose wiphy's priv pointer to return
4862  * Return: The wiphy priv of @wdev.
4863  */
4864 static inline void *wdev_priv(struct wireless_dev *wdev)
4865 {
4866 	BUG_ON(!wdev);
4867 	return wiphy_priv(wdev->wiphy);
4868 }
4869 
4870 /**
4871  * DOC: Utility functions
4872  *
4873  * cfg80211 offers a number of utility functions that can be useful.
4874  */
4875 
4876 /**
4877  * ieee80211_channel_to_frequency - convert channel number to frequency
4878  * @chan: channel number
4879  * @band: band, necessary due to channel number overlap
4880  * Return: The corresponding frequency (in MHz), or 0 if the conversion failed.
4881  */
4882 int ieee80211_channel_to_frequency(int chan, enum nl80211_band band);
4883 
4884 /**
4885  * ieee80211_frequency_to_channel - convert frequency to channel number
4886  * @freq: center frequency
4887  * Return: The corresponding channel, or 0 if the conversion failed.
4888  */
4889 int ieee80211_frequency_to_channel(int freq);
4890 
4891 /**
4892  * ieee80211_get_channel - get channel struct from wiphy for specified frequency
4893  *
4894  * @wiphy: the struct wiphy to get the channel for
4895  * @freq: the center frequency of the channel
4896  *
4897  * Return: The channel struct from @wiphy at @freq.
4898  */
4899 struct ieee80211_channel *ieee80211_get_channel(struct wiphy *wiphy, int freq);
4900 
4901 /**
4902  * ieee80211_get_response_rate - get basic rate for a given rate
4903  *
4904  * @sband: the band to look for rates in
4905  * @basic_rates: bitmap of basic rates
4906  * @bitrate: the bitrate for which to find the basic rate
4907  *
4908  * Return: The basic rate corresponding to a given bitrate, that
4909  * is the next lower bitrate contained in the basic rate map,
4910  * which is, for this function, given as a bitmap of indices of
4911  * rates in the band's bitrate table.
4912  */
4913 struct ieee80211_rate *
4914 ieee80211_get_response_rate(struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband,
4915 			    u32 basic_rates, int bitrate);
4916 
4917 /**
4918  * ieee80211_mandatory_rates - get mandatory rates for a given band
4919  * @sband: the band to look for rates in
4920  * @scan_width: width of the control channel
4921  *
4922  * This function returns a bitmap of the mandatory rates for the given
4923  * band, bits are set according to the rate position in the bitrates array.
4924  */
4925 u32 ieee80211_mandatory_rates(struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband,
4926 			      enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width);
4927 
4928 /*
4929  * Radiotap parsing functions -- for controlled injection support
4930  *
4931  * Implemented in net/wireless/radiotap.c
4932  * Documentation in Documentation/networking/radiotap-headers.txt
4933  */
4934 
4935 struct radiotap_align_size {
4936 	uint8_t align:4, size:4;
4937 };
4938 
4939 struct ieee80211_radiotap_namespace {
4940 	const struct radiotap_align_size *align_size;
4941 	int n_bits;
4942 	uint32_t oui;
4943 	uint8_t subns;
4944 };
4945 
4946 struct ieee80211_radiotap_vendor_namespaces {
4947 	const struct ieee80211_radiotap_namespace *ns;
4948 	int n_ns;
4949 };
4950 
4951 /**
4952  * struct ieee80211_radiotap_iterator - tracks walk thru present radiotap args
4953  * @this_arg_index: index of current arg, valid after each successful call
4954  *	to ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_next()
4955  * @this_arg: pointer to current radiotap arg; it is valid after each
4956  *	call to ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_next() but also after
4957  *	ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_init() where it will point to
4958  *	the beginning of the actual data portion
4959  * @this_arg_size: length of the current arg, for convenience
4960  * @current_namespace: pointer to the current namespace definition
4961  *	(or internally %NULL if the current namespace is unknown)
4962  * @is_radiotap_ns: indicates whether the current namespace is the default
4963  *	radiotap namespace or not
4964  *
4965  * @_rtheader: pointer to the radiotap header we are walking through
4966  * @_max_length: length of radiotap header in cpu byte ordering
4967  * @_arg_index: next argument index
4968  * @_arg: next argument pointer
4969  * @_next_bitmap: internal pointer to next present u32
4970  * @_bitmap_shifter: internal shifter for curr u32 bitmap, b0 set == arg present
4971  * @_vns: vendor namespace definitions
4972  * @_next_ns_data: beginning of the next namespace's data
4973  * @_reset_on_ext: internal; reset the arg index to 0 when going to the
4974  *	next bitmap word
4975  *
4976  * Describes the radiotap parser state. Fields prefixed with an underscore
4977  * must not be used by users of the parser, only by the parser internally.
4978  */
4979 
4980 struct ieee80211_radiotap_iterator {
4981 	struct ieee80211_radiotap_header *_rtheader;
4982 	const struct ieee80211_radiotap_vendor_namespaces *_vns;
4983 	const struct ieee80211_radiotap_namespace *current_namespace;
4984 
4985 	unsigned char *_arg, *_next_ns_data;
4986 	__le32 *_next_bitmap;
4987 
4988 	unsigned char *this_arg;
4989 	int this_arg_index;
4990 	int this_arg_size;
4991 
4992 	int is_radiotap_ns;
4993 
4994 	int _max_length;
4995 	int _arg_index;
4996 	uint32_t _bitmap_shifter;
4997 	int _reset_on_ext;
4998 };
4999 
5000 int
5001 ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_init(struct ieee80211_radiotap_iterator *iterator,
5002 				 struct ieee80211_radiotap_header *radiotap_header,
5003 				 int max_length,
5004 				 const struct ieee80211_radiotap_vendor_namespaces *vns);
5005 
5006 int
5007 ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_next(struct ieee80211_radiotap_iterator *iterator);
5008 
5009 
5010 extern const unsigned char rfc1042_header[6];
5011 extern const unsigned char bridge_tunnel_header[6];
5012 
5013 /**
5014  * ieee80211_get_hdrlen_from_skb - get header length from data
5015  *
5016  * @skb: the frame
5017  *
5018  * Given an skb with a raw 802.11 header at the data pointer this function
5019  * returns the 802.11 header length.
5020  *
5021  * Return: The 802.11 header length in bytes (not including encryption
5022  * headers). Or 0 if the data in the sk_buff is too short to contain a valid
5023  * 802.11 header.
5024  */
5025 unsigned int ieee80211_get_hdrlen_from_skb(const struct sk_buff *skb);
5026 
5027 /**
5028  * ieee80211_hdrlen - get header length in bytes from frame control
5029  * @fc: frame control field in little-endian format
5030  * Return: The header length in bytes.
5031  */
5032 unsigned int __attribute_const__ ieee80211_hdrlen(__le16 fc);
5033 
5034 /**
5035  * ieee80211_get_mesh_hdrlen - get mesh extension header length
5036  * @meshhdr: the mesh extension header, only the flags field
5037  *	(first byte) will be accessed
5038  * Return: The length of the extension header, which is always at
5039  * least 6 bytes and at most 18 if address 5 and 6 are present.
5040  */
5041 unsigned int ieee80211_get_mesh_hdrlen(struct ieee80211s_hdr *meshhdr);
5042 
5043 /**
5044  * DOC: Data path helpers
5045  *
5046  * In addition to generic utilities, cfg80211 also offers
5047  * functions that help implement the data path for devices
5048  * that do not do the 802.11/802.3 conversion on the device.
5049  */
5050 
5051 /**
5052  * ieee80211_data_to_8023_exthdr - convert an 802.11 data frame to 802.3
5053  * @skb: the 802.11 data frame
5054  * @ehdr: pointer to a &struct ethhdr that will get the header, instead
5055  *	of it being pushed into the SKB
5056  * @addr: the device MAC address
5057  * @iftype: the virtual interface type
5058  * @data_offset: offset of payload after the 802.11 header
5059  * Return: 0 on success. Non-zero on error.
5060  */
5061 int ieee80211_data_to_8023_exthdr(struct sk_buff *skb, struct ethhdr *ehdr,
5062 				  const u8 *addr, enum nl80211_iftype iftype,
5063 				  u8 data_offset);
5064 
5065 /**
5066  * ieee80211_data_to_8023 - convert an 802.11 data frame to 802.3
5067  * @skb: the 802.11 data frame
5068  * @addr: the device MAC address
5069  * @iftype: the virtual interface type
5070  * Return: 0 on success. Non-zero on error.
5071  */
5072 static inline int ieee80211_data_to_8023(struct sk_buff *skb, const u8 *addr,
5073 					 enum nl80211_iftype iftype)
5074 {
5075 	return ieee80211_data_to_8023_exthdr(skb, NULL, addr, iftype, 0);
5076 }
5077 
5078 /**
5079  * ieee80211_amsdu_to_8023s - decode an IEEE 802.11n A-MSDU frame
5080  *
5081  * Decode an IEEE 802.11 A-MSDU and convert it to a list of 802.3 frames.
5082  * The @list will be empty if the decode fails. The @skb must be fully
5083  * header-less before being passed in here; it is freed in this function.
5084  *
5085  * @skb: The input A-MSDU frame without any headers.
5086  * @list: The output list of 802.3 frames. It must be allocated and
5087  *	initialized by by the caller.
5088  * @addr: The device MAC address.
5089  * @iftype: The device interface type.
5090  * @extra_headroom: The hardware extra headroom for SKBs in the @list.
5091  * @check_da: DA to check in the inner ethernet header, or NULL
5092  * @check_sa: SA to check in the inner ethernet header, or NULL
5093  */
5094 void ieee80211_amsdu_to_8023s(struct sk_buff *skb, struct sk_buff_head *list,
5095 			      const u8 *addr, enum nl80211_iftype iftype,
5096 			      const unsigned int extra_headroom,
5097 			      const u8 *check_da, const u8 *check_sa);
5098 
5099 /**
5100  * cfg80211_classify8021d - determine the 802.1p/1d tag for a data frame
5101  * @skb: the data frame
5102  * @qos_map: Interworking QoS mapping or %NULL if not in use
5103  * Return: The 802.1p/1d tag.
5104  */
5105 unsigned int cfg80211_classify8021d(struct sk_buff *skb,
5106 				    struct cfg80211_qos_map *qos_map);
5107 
5108 /**
5109  * cfg80211_find_elem_match - match information element and byte array in data
5110  *
5111  * @eid: element ID
5112  * @ies: data consisting of IEs
5113  * @len: length of data
5114  * @match: byte array to match
5115  * @match_len: number of bytes in the match array
5116  * @match_offset: offset in the IE data where the byte array should match.
5117  *	Note the difference to cfg80211_find_ie_match() which considers
5118  *	the offset to start from the element ID byte, but here we take
5119  *	the data portion instead.
5120  *
5121  * Return: %NULL if the element ID could not be found or if
5122  * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given
5123  * data) or if the byte array doesn't match; otherwise return the
5124  * requested element struct.
5125  *
5126  * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than
5127  * having to fit into the given data and being large enough for the
5128  * byte array to match.
5129  */
5130 const struct element *
5131 cfg80211_find_elem_match(u8 eid, const u8 *ies, unsigned int len,
5132 			 const u8 *match, unsigned int match_len,
5133 			 unsigned int match_offset);
5134 
5135 /**
5136  * cfg80211_find_ie_match - match information element and byte array in data
5137  *
5138  * @eid: element ID
5139  * @ies: data consisting of IEs
5140  * @len: length of data
5141  * @match: byte array to match
5142  * @match_len: number of bytes in the match array
5143  * @match_offset: offset in the IE where the byte array should match.
5144  *	If match_len is zero, this must also be set to zero.
5145  *	Otherwise this must be set to 2 or more, because the first
5146  *	byte is the element id, which is already compared to eid, and
5147  *	the second byte is the IE length.
5148  *
5149  * Return: %NULL if the element ID could not be found or if
5150  * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given
5151  * data) or if the byte array doesn't match, or a pointer to the first
5152  * byte of the requested element, that is the byte containing the
5153  * element ID.
5154  *
5155  * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than
5156  * having to fit into the given data and being large enough for the
5157  * byte array to match.
5158  */
5159 static inline const u8 *
5160 cfg80211_find_ie_match(u8 eid, const u8 *ies, unsigned int len,
5161 		       const u8 *match, unsigned int match_len,
5162 		       unsigned int match_offset)
5163 {
5164 	/* match_offset can't be smaller than 2, unless match_len is
5165 	 * zero, in which case match_offset must be zero as well.
5166 	 */
5167 	if (WARN_ON((match_len && match_offset < 2) ||
5168 		    (!match_len && match_offset)))
5169 		return NULL;
5170 
5171 	return (void *)cfg80211_find_elem_match(eid, ies, len,
5172 						match, match_len,
5173 						match_offset ?
5174 							match_offset - 2 : 0);
5175 }
5176 
5177 /**
5178  * cfg80211_find_elem - find information element in data
5179  *
5180  * @eid: element ID
5181  * @ies: data consisting of IEs
5182  * @len: length of data
5183  *
5184  * Return: %NULL if the element ID could not be found or if
5185  * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given
5186  * data) or if the byte array doesn't match; otherwise return the
5187  * requested element struct.
5188  *
5189  * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than
5190  * having to fit into the given data.
5191  */
5192 static inline const struct element *
5193 cfg80211_find_elem(u8 eid, const u8 *ies, int len)
5194 {
5195 	return cfg80211_find_elem_match(eid, ies, len, NULL, 0, 0);
5196 }
5197 
5198 /**
5199  * cfg80211_find_ie - find information element in data
5200  *
5201  * @eid: element ID
5202  * @ies: data consisting of IEs
5203  * @len: length of data
5204  *
5205  * Return: %NULL if the element ID could not be found or if
5206  * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given
5207  * data), or a pointer to the first byte of the requested
5208  * element, that is the byte containing the element ID.
5209  *
5210  * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than
5211  * having to fit into the given data.
5212  */
5213 static inline const u8 *cfg80211_find_ie(u8 eid, const u8 *ies, int len)
5214 {
5215 	return cfg80211_find_ie_match(eid, ies, len, NULL, 0, 0);
5216 }
5217 
5218 /**
5219  * cfg80211_find_ext_elem - find information element with EID Extension in data
5220  *
5221  * @ext_eid: element ID Extension
5222  * @ies: data consisting of IEs
5223  * @len: length of data
5224  *
5225  * Return: %NULL if the etended element could not be found or if
5226  * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given
5227  * data) or if the byte array doesn't match; otherwise return the
5228  * requested element struct.
5229  *
5230  * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than
5231  * having to fit into the given data.
5232  */
5233 static inline const struct element *
5234 cfg80211_find_ext_elem(u8 ext_eid, const u8 *ies, int len)
5235 {
5236 	return cfg80211_find_elem_match(WLAN_EID_EXTENSION, ies, len,
5237 					&ext_eid, 1, 0);
5238 }
5239 
5240 /**
5241  * cfg80211_find_ext_ie - find information element with EID Extension in data
5242  *
5243  * @ext_eid: element ID Extension
5244  * @ies: data consisting of IEs
5245  * @len: length of data
5246  *
5247  * Return: %NULL if the extended element ID could not be found or if
5248  * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given
5249  * data), or a pointer to the first byte of the requested
5250  * element, that is the byte containing the element ID.
5251  *
5252  * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than
5253  * having to fit into the given data.
5254  */
5255 static inline const u8 *cfg80211_find_ext_ie(u8 ext_eid, const u8 *ies, int len)
5256 {
5257 	return cfg80211_find_ie_match(WLAN_EID_EXTENSION, ies, len,
5258 				      &ext_eid, 1, 2);
5259 }
5260 
5261 /**
5262  * cfg80211_find_vendor_elem - find vendor specific information element in data
5263  *
5264  * @oui: vendor OUI
5265  * @oui_type: vendor-specific OUI type (must be < 0xff), negative means any
5266  * @ies: data consisting of IEs
5267  * @len: length of data
5268  *
5269  * Return: %NULL if the vendor specific element ID could not be found or if the
5270  * element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given data); otherwise
5271  * return the element structure for the requested element.
5272  *
5273  * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than having to fit into
5274  * the given data.
5275  */
5276 const struct element *cfg80211_find_vendor_elem(unsigned int oui, int oui_type,
5277 						const u8 *ies,
5278 						unsigned int len);
5279 
5280 /**
5281  * cfg80211_find_vendor_ie - find vendor specific information element in data
5282  *
5283  * @oui: vendor OUI
5284  * @oui_type: vendor-specific OUI type (must be < 0xff), negative means any
5285  * @ies: data consisting of IEs
5286  * @len: length of data
5287  *
5288  * Return: %NULL if the vendor specific element ID could not be found or if the
5289  * element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given data), or a pointer to
5290  * the first byte of the requested element, that is the byte containing the
5291  * element ID.
5292  *
5293  * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than having to fit into
5294  * the given data.
5295  */
5296 static inline const u8 *
5297 cfg80211_find_vendor_ie(unsigned int oui, int oui_type,
5298 			const u8 *ies, unsigned int len)
5299 {
5300 	return (void *)cfg80211_find_vendor_elem(oui, oui_type, ies, len);
5301 }
5302 
5303 /**
5304  * cfg80211_send_layer2_update - send layer 2 update frame
5305  *
5306  * @dev: network device
5307  * @addr: STA MAC address
5308  *
5309  * Wireless drivers can use this function to update forwarding tables in bridge
5310  * devices upon STA association.
5311  */
5312 void cfg80211_send_layer2_update(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *addr);
5313 
5314 /**
5315  * DOC: Regulatory enforcement infrastructure
5316  *
5317  * TODO
5318  */
5319 
5320 /**
5321  * regulatory_hint - driver hint to the wireless core a regulatory domain
5322  * @wiphy: the wireless device giving the hint (used only for reporting
5323  *	conflicts)
5324  * @alpha2: the ISO/IEC 3166 alpha2 the driver claims its regulatory domain
5325  * 	should be in. If @rd is set this should be NULL. Note that if you
5326  * 	set this to NULL you should still set rd->alpha2 to some accepted
5327  * 	alpha2.
5328  *
5329  * Wireless drivers can use this function to hint to the wireless core
5330  * what it believes should be the current regulatory domain by
5331  * giving it an ISO/IEC 3166 alpha2 country code it knows its regulatory
5332  * domain should be in or by providing a completely build regulatory domain.
5333  * If the driver provides an ISO/IEC 3166 alpha2 userspace will be queried
5334  * for a regulatory domain structure for the respective country.
5335  *
5336  * The wiphy must have been registered to cfg80211 prior to this call.
5337  * For cfg80211 drivers this means you must first use wiphy_register(),
5338  * for mac80211 drivers you must first use ieee80211_register_hw().
5339  *
5340  * Drivers should check the return value, its possible you can get
5341  * an -ENOMEM.
5342  *
5343  * Return: 0 on success. -ENOMEM.
5344  */
5345 int regulatory_hint(struct wiphy *wiphy, const char *alpha2);
5346 
5347 /**
5348  * regulatory_set_wiphy_regd - set regdom info for self managed drivers
5349  * @wiphy: the wireless device we want to process the regulatory domain on
5350  * @rd: the regulatory domain informatoin to use for this wiphy
5351  *
5352  * Set the regulatory domain information for self-managed wiphys, only they
5353  * may use this function. See %REGULATORY_WIPHY_SELF_MANAGED for more
5354  * information.
5355  *
5356  * Return: 0 on success. -EINVAL, -EPERM
5357  */
5358 int regulatory_set_wiphy_regd(struct wiphy *wiphy,
5359 			      struct ieee80211_regdomain *rd);
5360 
5361 /**
5362  * regulatory_set_wiphy_regd_sync_rtnl - set regdom for self-managed drivers
5363  * @wiphy: the wireless device we want to process the regulatory domain on
5364  * @rd: the regulatory domain information to use for this wiphy
5365  *
5366  * This functions requires the RTNL to be held and applies the new regdomain
5367  * synchronously to this wiphy. For more details see
5368  * regulatory_set_wiphy_regd().
5369  *
5370  * Return: 0 on success. -EINVAL, -EPERM
5371  */
5372 int regulatory_set_wiphy_regd_sync_rtnl(struct wiphy *wiphy,
5373 					struct ieee80211_regdomain *rd);
5374 
5375 /**
5376  * wiphy_apply_custom_regulatory - apply a custom driver regulatory domain
5377  * @wiphy: the wireless device we want to process the regulatory domain on
5378  * @regd: the custom regulatory domain to use for this wiphy
5379  *
5380  * Drivers can sometimes have custom regulatory domains which do not apply
5381  * to a specific country. Drivers can use this to apply such custom regulatory
5382  * domains. This routine must be called prior to wiphy registration. The
5383  * custom regulatory domain will be trusted completely and as such previous
5384  * default channel settings will be disregarded. If no rule is found for a
5385  * channel on the regulatory domain the channel will be disabled.
5386  * Drivers using this for a wiphy should also set the wiphy flag
5387  * REGULATORY_CUSTOM_REG or cfg80211 will set it for the wiphy
5388  * that called this helper.
5389  */
5390 void wiphy_apply_custom_regulatory(struct wiphy *wiphy,
5391 				   const struct ieee80211_regdomain *regd);
5392 
5393 /**
5394  * freq_reg_info - get regulatory information for the given frequency
5395  * @wiphy: the wiphy for which we want to process this rule for
5396  * @center_freq: Frequency in KHz for which we want regulatory information for
5397  *
5398  * Use this function to get the regulatory rule for a specific frequency on
5399  * a given wireless device. If the device has a specific regulatory domain
5400  * it wants to follow we respect that unless a country IE has been received
5401  * and processed already.
5402  *
5403  * Return: A valid pointer, or, when an error occurs, for example if no rule
5404  * can be found, the return value is encoded using ERR_PTR(). Use IS_ERR() to
5405  * check and PTR_ERR() to obtain the numeric return value. The numeric return
5406  * value will be -ERANGE if we determine the given center_freq does not even
5407  * have a regulatory rule for a frequency range in the center_freq's band.
5408  * See freq_in_rule_band() for our current definition of a band -- this is
5409  * purely subjective and right now it's 802.11 specific.
5410  */
5411 const struct ieee80211_reg_rule *freq_reg_info(struct wiphy *wiphy,
5412 					       u32 center_freq);
5413 
5414 /**
5415  * reg_initiator_name - map regulatory request initiator enum to name
5416  * @initiator: the regulatory request initiator
5417  *
5418  * You can use this to map the regulatory request initiator enum to a
5419  * proper string representation.
5420  */
5421 const char *reg_initiator_name(enum nl80211_reg_initiator initiator);
5422 
5423 /**
5424  * DOC: Internal regulatory db functions
5425  *
5426  */
5427 
5428 /**
5429  * reg_query_regdb_wmm -  Query internal regulatory db for wmm rule
5430  * Regulatory self-managed driver can use it to proactively
5431  *
5432  * @alpha2: the ISO/IEC 3166 alpha2 wmm rule to be queried.
5433  * @freq: the freqency(in MHz) to be queried.
5434  * @rule: pointer to store the wmm rule from the regulatory db.
5435  *
5436  * Self-managed wireless drivers can use this function to  query
5437  * the internal regulatory database to check whether the given
5438  * ISO/IEC 3166 alpha2 country and freq have wmm rule limitations.
5439  *
5440  * Drivers should check the return value, its possible you can get
5441  * an -ENODATA.
5442  *
5443  * Return: 0 on success. -ENODATA.
5444  */
5445 int reg_query_regdb_wmm(char *alpha2, int freq,
5446 			struct ieee80211_reg_rule *rule);
5447 
5448 /*
5449  * callbacks for asynchronous cfg80211 methods, notification
5450  * functions and BSS handling helpers
5451  */
5452 
5453 /**
5454  * cfg80211_scan_done - notify that scan finished
5455  *
5456  * @request: the corresponding scan request
5457  * @info: information about the completed scan
5458  */
5459 void cfg80211_scan_done(struct cfg80211_scan_request *request,
5460 			struct cfg80211_scan_info *info);
5461 
5462 /**
5463  * cfg80211_sched_scan_results - notify that new scan results are available
5464  *
5465  * @wiphy: the wiphy which got scheduled scan results
5466  * @reqid: identifier for the related scheduled scan request
5467  */
5468 void cfg80211_sched_scan_results(struct wiphy *wiphy, u64 reqid);
5469 
5470 /**
5471  * cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped - notify that the scheduled scan has stopped
5472  *
5473  * @wiphy: the wiphy on which the scheduled scan stopped
5474  * @reqid: identifier for the related scheduled scan request
5475  *
5476  * The driver can call this function to inform cfg80211 that the
5477  * scheduled scan had to be stopped, for whatever reason.  The driver
5478  * is then called back via the sched_scan_stop operation when done.
5479  */
5480 void cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped(struct wiphy *wiphy, u64 reqid);
5481 
5482 /**
5483  * cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped_rtnl - notify that the scheduled scan has stopped
5484  *
5485  * @wiphy: the wiphy on which the scheduled scan stopped
5486  * @reqid: identifier for the related scheduled scan request
5487  *
5488  * The driver can call this function to inform cfg80211 that the
5489  * scheduled scan had to be stopped, for whatever reason.  The driver
5490  * is then called back via the sched_scan_stop operation when done.
5491  * This function should be called with rtnl locked.
5492  */
5493 void cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped_rtnl(struct wiphy *wiphy, u64 reqid);
5494 
5495 /**
5496  * cfg80211_inform_bss_frame_data - inform cfg80211 of a received BSS frame
5497  * @wiphy: the wiphy reporting the BSS
5498  * @data: the BSS metadata
5499  * @mgmt: the management frame (probe response or beacon)
5500  * @len: length of the management frame
5501  * @gfp: context flags
5502  *
5503  * This informs cfg80211 that BSS information was found and
5504  * the BSS should be updated/added.
5505  *
5506  * Return: A referenced struct, must be released with cfg80211_put_bss()!
5507  * Or %NULL on error.
5508  */
5509 struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check
5510 cfg80211_inform_bss_frame_data(struct wiphy *wiphy,
5511 			       struct cfg80211_inform_bss *data,
5512 			       struct ieee80211_mgmt *mgmt, size_t len,
5513 			       gfp_t gfp);
5514 
5515 static inline struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check
5516 cfg80211_inform_bss_width_frame(struct wiphy *wiphy,
5517 				struct ieee80211_channel *rx_channel,
5518 				enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width,
5519 				struct ieee80211_mgmt *mgmt, size_t len,
5520 				s32 signal, gfp_t gfp)
5521 {
5522 	struct cfg80211_inform_bss data = {
5523 		.chan = rx_channel,
5524 		.scan_width = scan_width,
5525 		.signal = signal,
5526 	};
5527 
5528 	return cfg80211_inform_bss_frame_data(wiphy, &data, mgmt, len, gfp);
5529 }
5530 
5531 static inline struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check
5532 cfg80211_inform_bss_frame(struct wiphy *wiphy,
5533 			  struct ieee80211_channel *rx_channel,
5534 			  struct ieee80211_mgmt *mgmt, size_t len,
5535 			  s32 signal, gfp_t gfp)
5536 {
5537 	struct cfg80211_inform_bss data = {
5538 		.chan = rx_channel,
5539 		.scan_width = NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_20,
5540 		.signal = signal,
5541 	};
5542 
5543 	return cfg80211_inform_bss_frame_data(wiphy, &data, mgmt, len, gfp);
5544 }
5545 
5546 /**
5547  * cfg80211_gen_new_bssid - generate a nontransmitted BSSID for multi-BSSID
5548  * @bssid: transmitter BSSID
5549  * @max_bssid: max BSSID indicator, taken from Multiple BSSID element
5550  * @mbssid_index: BSSID index, taken from Multiple BSSID index element
5551  * @new_bssid: calculated nontransmitted BSSID
5552  */
5553 static inline void cfg80211_gen_new_bssid(const u8 *bssid, u8 max_bssid,
5554 					  u8 mbssid_index, u8 *new_bssid)
5555 {
5556 	u64 bssid_u64 = ether_addr_to_u64(bssid);
5557 	u64 mask = GENMASK_ULL(max_bssid - 1, 0);
5558 	u64 new_bssid_u64;
5559 
5560 	new_bssid_u64 = bssid_u64 & ~mask;
5561 
5562 	new_bssid_u64 |= ((bssid_u64 & mask) + mbssid_index) & mask;
5563 
5564 	u64_to_ether_addr(new_bssid_u64, new_bssid);
5565 }
5566 
5567 /**
5568  * cfg80211_is_element_inherited - returns if element ID should be inherited
5569  * @element: element to check
5570  * @non_inherit_element: non inheritance element
5571  */
5572 bool cfg80211_is_element_inherited(const struct element *element,
5573 				   const struct element *non_inherit_element);
5574 
5575 /**
5576  * cfg80211_merge_profile - merges a MBSSID profile if it is split between IEs
5577  * @ie: ies
5578  * @ielen: length of IEs
5579  * @mbssid_elem: current MBSSID element
5580  * @sub_elem: current MBSSID subelement (profile)
5581  * @merged_ie: location of the merged profile
5582  * @max_copy_len: max merged profile length
5583  */
5584 size_t cfg80211_merge_profile(const u8 *ie, size_t ielen,
5585 			      const struct element *mbssid_elem,
5586 			      const struct element *sub_elem,
5587 			      u8 *merged_ie, size_t max_copy_len);
5588 
5589 /**
5590  * enum cfg80211_bss_frame_type - frame type that the BSS data came from
5591  * @CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_UNKNOWN: driver doesn't know whether the data is
5592  *	from a beacon or probe response
5593  * @CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_BEACON: data comes from a beacon
5594  * @CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_PRESP: data comes from a probe response
5595  */
5596 enum cfg80211_bss_frame_type {
5597 	CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_UNKNOWN,
5598 	CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_BEACON,
5599 	CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_PRESP,
5600 };
5601 
5602 /**
5603  * cfg80211_inform_bss_data - inform cfg80211 of a new BSS
5604  *
5605  * @wiphy: the wiphy reporting the BSS
5606  * @data: the BSS metadata
5607  * @ftype: frame type (if known)
5608  * @bssid: the BSSID of the BSS
5609  * @tsf: the TSF sent by the peer in the beacon/probe response (or 0)
5610  * @capability: the capability field sent by the peer
5611  * @beacon_interval: the beacon interval announced by the peer
5612  * @ie: additional IEs sent by the peer
5613  * @ielen: length of the additional IEs
5614  * @gfp: context flags
5615  *
5616  * This informs cfg80211 that BSS information was found and
5617  * the BSS should be updated/added.
5618  *
5619  * Return: A referenced struct, must be released with cfg80211_put_bss()!
5620  * Or %NULL on error.
5621  */
5622 struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check
5623 cfg80211_inform_bss_data(struct wiphy *wiphy,
5624 			 struct cfg80211_inform_bss *data,
5625 			 enum cfg80211_bss_frame_type ftype,
5626 			 const u8 *bssid, u64 tsf, u16 capability,
5627 			 u16 beacon_interval, const u8 *ie, size_t ielen,
5628 			 gfp_t gfp);
5629 
5630 static inline struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check
5631 cfg80211_inform_bss_width(struct wiphy *wiphy,
5632 			  struct ieee80211_channel *rx_channel,
5633 			  enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width,
5634 			  enum cfg80211_bss_frame_type ftype,
5635 			  const u8 *bssid, u64 tsf, u16 capability,
5636 			  u16 beacon_interval, const u8 *ie, size_t ielen,
5637 			  s32 signal, gfp_t gfp)
5638 {
5639 	struct cfg80211_inform_bss data = {
5640 		.chan = rx_channel,
5641 		.scan_width = scan_width,
5642 		.signal = signal,
5643 	};
5644 
5645 	return cfg80211_inform_bss_data(wiphy, &data, ftype, bssid, tsf,
5646 					capability, beacon_interval, ie, ielen,
5647 					gfp);
5648 }
5649 
5650 static inline struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check
5651 cfg80211_inform_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy,
5652 		    struct ieee80211_channel *rx_channel,
5653 		    enum cfg80211_bss_frame_type ftype,
5654 		    const u8 *bssid, u64 tsf, u16 capability,
5655 		    u16 beacon_interval, const u8 *ie, size_t ielen,
5656 		    s32 signal, gfp_t gfp)
5657 {
5658 	struct cfg80211_inform_bss data = {
5659 		.chan = rx_channel,
5660 		.scan_width = NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_20,
5661 		.signal = signal,
5662 	};
5663 
5664 	return cfg80211_inform_bss_data(wiphy, &data, ftype, bssid, tsf,
5665 					capability, beacon_interval, ie, ielen,
5666 					gfp);
5667 }
5668 
5669 /**
5670  * cfg80211_get_bss - get a BSS reference
5671  * @wiphy: the wiphy this BSS struct belongs to
5672  * @channel: the channel to search on (or %NULL)
5673  * @bssid: the desired BSSID (or %NULL)
5674  * @ssid: the desired SSID (or %NULL)
5675  * @ssid_len: length of the SSID (or 0)
5676  * @bss_type: type of BSS, see &enum ieee80211_bss_type
5677  * @privacy: privacy filter, see &enum ieee80211_privacy
5678  */
5679 struct cfg80211_bss *cfg80211_get_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy,
5680 				      struct ieee80211_channel *channel,
5681 				      const u8 *bssid,
5682 				      const u8 *ssid, size_t ssid_len,
5683 				      enum ieee80211_bss_type bss_type,
5684 				      enum ieee80211_privacy privacy);
5685 static inline struct cfg80211_bss *
5686 cfg80211_get_ibss(struct wiphy *wiphy,
5687 		  struct ieee80211_channel *channel,
5688 		  const u8 *ssid, size_t ssid_len)
5689 {
5690 	return cfg80211_get_bss(wiphy, channel, NULL, ssid, ssid_len,
5691 				IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_IBSS,
5692 				IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ANY);
5693 }
5694 
5695 /**
5696  * cfg80211_ref_bss - reference BSS struct
5697  * @wiphy: the wiphy this BSS struct belongs to
5698  * @bss: the BSS struct to reference
5699  *
5700  * Increments the refcount of the given BSS struct.
5701  */
5702 void cfg80211_ref_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct cfg80211_bss *bss);
5703 
5704 /**
5705  * cfg80211_put_bss - unref BSS struct
5706  * @wiphy: the wiphy this BSS struct belongs to
5707  * @bss: the BSS struct
5708  *
5709  * Decrements the refcount of the given BSS struct.
5710  */
5711 void cfg80211_put_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct cfg80211_bss *bss);
5712 
5713 /**
5714  * cfg80211_unlink_bss - unlink BSS from internal data structures
5715  * @wiphy: the wiphy
5716  * @bss: the bss to remove
5717  *
5718  * This function removes the given BSS from the internal data structures
5719  * thereby making it no longer show up in scan results etc. Use this
5720  * function when you detect a BSS is gone. Normally BSSes will also time
5721  * out, so it is not necessary to use this function at all.
5722  */
5723 void cfg80211_unlink_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct cfg80211_bss *bss);
5724 
5725 static inline enum nl80211_bss_scan_width
5726 cfg80211_chandef_to_scan_width(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef)
5727 {
5728 	switch (chandef->width) {
5729 	case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5:
5730 		return NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_5;
5731 	case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10:
5732 		return NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_10;
5733 	default:
5734 		return NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_20;
5735 	}
5736 }
5737 
5738 /**
5739  * cfg80211_rx_mlme_mgmt - notification of processed MLME management frame
5740  * @dev: network device
5741  * @buf: authentication frame (header + body)
5742  * @len: length of the frame data
5743  *
5744  * This function is called whenever an authentication, disassociation or
5745  * deauthentication frame has been received and processed in station mode.
5746  * After being asked to authenticate via cfg80211_ops::auth() the driver must
5747  * call either this function or cfg80211_auth_timeout().
5748  * After being asked to associate via cfg80211_ops::assoc() the driver must
5749  * call either this function or cfg80211_auth_timeout().
5750  * While connected, the driver must calls this for received and processed
5751  * disassociation and deauthentication frames. If the frame couldn't be used
5752  * because it was unprotected, the driver must call the function
5753  * cfg80211_rx_unprot_mlme_mgmt() instead.
5754  *
5755  * This function may sleep. The caller must hold the corresponding wdev's mutex.
5756  */
5757 void cfg80211_rx_mlme_mgmt(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *buf, size_t len);
5758 
5759 /**
5760  * cfg80211_auth_timeout - notification of timed out authentication
5761  * @dev: network device
5762  * @addr: The MAC address of the device with which the authentication timed out
5763  *
5764  * This function may sleep. The caller must hold the corresponding wdev's
5765  * mutex.
5766  */
5767 void cfg80211_auth_timeout(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *addr);
5768 
5769 /**
5770  * cfg80211_rx_assoc_resp - notification of processed association response
5771  * @dev: network device
5772  * @bss: the BSS that association was requested with, ownership of the pointer
5773  *	moves to cfg80211 in this call
5774  * @buf: (Re)Association Response frame (header + body)
5775  * @len: length of the frame data
5776  * @uapsd_queues: bitmap of queues configured for uapsd. Same format
5777  *	as the AC bitmap in the QoS info field
5778  * @req_ies: information elements from the (Re)Association Request frame
5779  * @req_ies_len: length of req_ies data
5780  *
5781  * After being asked to associate via cfg80211_ops::assoc() the driver must
5782  * call either this function or cfg80211_auth_timeout().
5783  *
5784  * This function may sleep. The caller must hold the corresponding wdev's mutex.
5785  */
5786 void cfg80211_rx_assoc_resp(struct net_device *dev,
5787 			    struct cfg80211_bss *bss,
5788 			    const u8 *buf, size_t len,
5789 			    int uapsd_queues,
5790 			    const u8 *req_ies, size_t req_ies_len);
5791 
5792 /**
5793  * cfg80211_assoc_timeout - notification of timed out association
5794  * @dev: network device
5795  * @bss: The BSS entry with which association timed out.
5796  *
5797  * This function may sleep. The caller must hold the corresponding wdev's mutex.
5798  */
5799 void cfg80211_assoc_timeout(struct net_device *dev, struct cfg80211_bss *bss);
5800 
5801 /**
5802  * cfg80211_abandon_assoc - notify cfg80211 of abandoned association attempt
5803  * @dev: network device
5804  * @bss: The BSS entry with which association was abandoned.
5805  *
5806  * Call this whenever - for reasons reported through other API, like deauth RX,
5807  * an association attempt was abandoned.
5808  * This function may sleep. The caller must hold the corresponding wdev's mutex.
5809  */
5810 void cfg80211_abandon_assoc(struct net_device *dev, struct cfg80211_bss *bss);
5811 
5812 /**
5813  * cfg80211_tx_mlme_mgmt - notification of transmitted deauth/disassoc frame
5814  * @dev: network device
5815  * @buf: 802.11 frame (header + body)
5816  * @len: length of the frame data
5817  *
5818  * This function is called whenever deauthentication has been processed in
5819  * station mode. This includes both received deauthentication frames and
5820  * locally generated ones. This function may sleep. The caller must hold the
5821  * corresponding wdev's mutex.
5822  */
5823 void cfg80211_tx_mlme_mgmt(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *buf, size_t len);
5824 
5825 /**
5826  * cfg80211_rx_unprot_mlme_mgmt - notification of unprotected mlme mgmt frame
5827  * @dev: network device
5828  * @buf: deauthentication frame (header + body)
5829  * @len: length of the frame data
5830  *
5831  * This function is called whenever a received deauthentication or dissassoc
5832  * frame has been dropped in station mode because of MFP being used but the
5833  * frame was not protected. This function may sleep.
5834  */
5835 void cfg80211_rx_unprot_mlme_mgmt(struct net_device *dev,
5836 				  const u8 *buf, size_t len);
5837 
5838 /**
5839  * cfg80211_michael_mic_failure - notification of Michael MIC failure (TKIP)
5840  * @dev: network device
5841  * @addr: The source MAC address of the frame
5842  * @key_type: The key type that the received frame used
5843  * @key_id: Key identifier (0..3). Can be -1 if missing.
5844  * @tsc: The TSC value of the frame that generated the MIC failure (6 octets)
5845  * @gfp: allocation flags
5846  *
5847  * This function is called whenever the local MAC detects a MIC failure in a
5848  * received frame. This matches with MLME-MICHAELMICFAILURE.indication()
5849  * primitive.
5850  */
5851 void cfg80211_michael_mic_failure(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *addr,
5852 				  enum nl80211_key_type key_type, int key_id,
5853 				  const u8 *tsc, gfp_t gfp);
5854 
5855 /**
5856  * cfg80211_ibss_joined - notify cfg80211 that device joined an IBSS
5857  *
5858  * @dev: network device
5859  * @bssid: the BSSID of the IBSS joined
5860  * @channel: the channel of the IBSS joined
5861  * @gfp: allocation flags
5862  *
5863  * This function notifies cfg80211 that the device joined an IBSS or
5864  * switched to a different BSSID. Before this function can be called,
5865  * either a beacon has to have been received from the IBSS, or one of
5866  * the cfg80211_inform_bss{,_frame} functions must have been called
5867  * with the locally generated beacon -- this guarantees that there is
5868  * always a scan result for this IBSS. cfg80211 will handle the rest.
5869  */
5870 void cfg80211_ibss_joined(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid,
5871 			  struct ieee80211_channel *channel, gfp_t gfp);
5872 
5873 /**
5874  * cfg80211_notify_new_candidate - notify cfg80211 of a new mesh peer candidate
5875  *
5876  * @dev: network device
5877  * @macaddr: the MAC address of the new candidate
5878  * @ie: information elements advertised by the peer candidate
5879  * @ie_len: length of the information elements buffer
5880  * @gfp: allocation flags
5881  *
5882  * This function notifies cfg80211 that the mesh peer candidate has been
5883  * detected, most likely via a beacon or, less likely, via a probe response.
5884  * cfg80211 then sends a notification to userspace.
5885  */
5886 void cfg80211_notify_new_peer_candidate(struct net_device *dev,
5887 		const u8 *macaddr, const u8 *ie, u8 ie_len,
5888 		int sig_dbm, gfp_t gfp);
5889 
5890 /**
5891  * DOC: RFkill integration
5892  *
5893  * RFkill integration in cfg80211 is almost invisible to drivers,
5894  * as cfg80211 automatically registers an rfkill instance for each
5895  * wireless device it knows about. Soft kill is also translated
5896  * into disconnecting and turning all interfaces off, drivers are
5897  * expected to turn off the device when all interfaces are down.
5898  *
5899  * However, devices may have a hard RFkill line, in which case they
5900  * also need to interact with the rfkill subsystem, via cfg80211.
5901  * They can do this with a few helper functions documented here.
5902  */
5903 
5904 /**
5905  * wiphy_rfkill_set_hw_state - notify cfg80211 about hw block state
5906  * @wiphy: the wiphy
5907  * @blocked: block status
5908  */
5909 void wiphy_rfkill_set_hw_state(struct wiphy *wiphy, bool blocked);
5910 
5911 /**
5912  * wiphy_rfkill_start_polling - start polling rfkill
5913  * @wiphy: the wiphy
5914  */
5915 void wiphy_rfkill_start_polling(struct wiphy *wiphy);
5916 
5917 /**
5918  * wiphy_rfkill_stop_polling - stop polling rfkill
5919  * @wiphy: the wiphy
5920  */
5921 void wiphy_rfkill_stop_polling(struct wiphy *wiphy);
5922 
5923 /**
5924  * DOC: Vendor commands
5925  *
5926  * Occasionally, there are special protocol or firmware features that
5927  * can't be implemented very openly. For this and similar cases, the
5928  * vendor command functionality allows implementing the features with
5929  * (typically closed-source) userspace and firmware, using nl80211 as
5930  * the configuration mechanism.
5931  *
5932  * A driver supporting vendor commands must register them as an array
5933  * in struct wiphy, with handlers for each one, each command has an
5934  * OUI and sub command ID to identify it.
5935  *
5936  * Note that this feature should not be (ab)used to implement protocol
5937  * features that could openly be shared across drivers. In particular,
5938  * it must never be required to use vendor commands to implement any
5939  * "normal" functionality that higher-level userspace like connection
5940  * managers etc. need.
5941  */
5942 
5943 struct sk_buff *__cfg80211_alloc_reply_skb(struct wiphy *wiphy,
5944 					   enum nl80211_commands cmd,
5945 					   enum nl80211_attrs attr,
5946 					   int approxlen);
5947 
5948 struct sk_buff *__cfg80211_alloc_event_skb(struct wiphy *wiphy,
5949 					   struct wireless_dev *wdev,
5950 					   enum nl80211_commands cmd,
5951 					   enum nl80211_attrs attr,
5952 					   unsigned int portid,
5953 					   int vendor_event_idx,
5954 					   int approxlen, gfp_t gfp);
5955 
5956 void __cfg80211_send_event_skb(struct sk_buff *skb, gfp_t gfp);
5957 
5958 /**
5959  * cfg80211_vendor_cmd_alloc_reply_skb - allocate vendor command reply
5960  * @wiphy: the wiphy
5961  * @approxlen: an upper bound of the length of the data that will
5962  *	be put into the skb
5963  *
5964  * This function allocates and pre-fills an skb for a reply to
5965  * a vendor command. Since it is intended for a reply, calling
5966  * it outside of a vendor command's doit() operation is invalid.
5967  *
5968  * The returned skb is pre-filled with some identifying data in
5969  * a way that any data that is put into the skb (with skb_put(),
5970  * nla_put() or similar) will end up being within the
5971  * %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA attribute, so all that needs to be done
5972  * with the skb is adding data for the corresponding userspace tool
5973  * which can then read that data out of the vendor data attribute.
5974  * You must not modify the skb in any other way.
5975  *
5976  * When done, call cfg80211_vendor_cmd_reply() with the skb and return
5977  * its error code as the result of the doit() operation.
5978  *
5979  * Return: An allocated and pre-filled skb. %NULL if any errors happen.
5980  */
5981 static inline struct sk_buff *
5982 cfg80211_vendor_cmd_alloc_reply_skb(struct wiphy *wiphy, int approxlen)
5983 {
5984 	return __cfg80211_alloc_reply_skb(wiphy, NL80211_CMD_VENDOR,
5985 					  NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA, approxlen);
5986 }
5987 
5988 /**
5989  * cfg80211_vendor_cmd_reply - send the reply skb
5990  * @skb: The skb, must have been allocated with
5991  *	cfg80211_vendor_cmd_alloc_reply_skb()
5992  *
5993  * Since calling this function will usually be the last thing
5994  * before returning from the vendor command doit() you should
5995  * return the error code.  Note that this function consumes the
5996  * skb regardless of the return value.
5997  *
5998  * Return: An error code or 0 on success.
5999  */
6000 int cfg80211_vendor_cmd_reply(struct sk_buff *skb);
6001 
6002 /**
6003  * cfg80211_vendor_cmd_get_sender
6004  * @wiphy: the wiphy
6005  *
6006  * Return the current netlink port ID in a vendor command handler.
6007  * Valid to call only there.
6008  */
6009 unsigned int cfg80211_vendor_cmd_get_sender(struct wiphy *wiphy);
6010 
6011 /**
6012  * cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc - allocate vendor-specific event skb
6013  * @wiphy: the wiphy
6014  * @wdev: the wireless device
6015  * @event_idx: index of the vendor event in the wiphy's vendor_events
6016  * @approxlen: an upper bound of the length of the data that will
6017  *	be put into the skb
6018  * @gfp: allocation flags
6019  *
6020  * This function allocates and pre-fills an skb for an event on the
6021  * vendor-specific multicast group.
6022  *
6023  * If wdev != NULL, both the ifindex and identifier of the specified
6024  * wireless device are added to the event message before the vendor data
6025  * attribute.
6026  *
6027  * When done filling the skb, call cfg80211_vendor_event() with the
6028  * skb to send the event.
6029  *
6030  * Return: An allocated and pre-filled skb. %NULL if any errors happen.
6031  */
6032 static inline struct sk_buff *
6033 cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev,
6034 			     int approxlen, int event_idx, gfp_t gfp)
6035 {
6036 	return __cfg80211_alloc_event_skb(wiphy, wdev, NL80211_CMD_VENDOR,
6037 					  NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA,
6038 					  0, event_idx, approxlen, gfp);
6039 }
6040 
6041 /**
6042  * cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc_ucast - alloc unicast vendor-specific event skb
6043  * @wiphy: the wiphy
6044  * @wdev: the wireless device
6045  * @event_idx: index of the vendor event in the wiphy's vendor_events
6046  * @portid: port ID of the receiver
6047  * @approxlen: an upper bound of the length of the data that will
6048  *	be put into the skb
6049  * @gfp: allocation flags
6050  *
6051  * This function allocates and pre-fills an skb for an event to send to
6052  * a specific (userland) socket. This socket would previously have been
6053  * obtained by cfg80211_vendor_cmd_get_sender(), and the caller MUST take
6054  * care to register a netlink notifier to see when the socket closes.
6055  *
6056  * If wdev != NULL, both the ifindex and identifier of the specified
6057  * wireless device are added to the event message before the vendor data
6058  * attribute.
6059  *
6060  * When done filling the skb, call cfg80211_vendor_event() with the
6061  * skb to send the event.
6062  *
6063  * Return: An allocated and pre-filled skb. %NULL if any errors happen.
6064  */
6065 static inline struct sk_buff *
6066 cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc_ucast(struct wiphy *wiphy,
6067 				  struct wireless_dev *wdev,
6068 				  unsigned int portid, int approxlen,
6069 				  int event_idx, gfp_t gfp)
6070 {
6071 	return __cfg80211_alloc_event_skb(wiphy, wdev, NL80211_CMD_VENDOR,
6072 					  NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA,
6073 					  portid, event_idx, approxlen, gfp);
6074 }
6075 
6076 /**
6077  * cfg80211_vendor_event - send the event
6078  * @skb: The skb, must have been allocated with cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc()
6079  * @gfp: allocation flags
6080  *
6081  * This function sends the given @skb, which must have been allocated
6082  * by cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc(), as an event. It always consumes it.
6083  */
6084 static inline void cfg80211_vendor_event(struct sk_buff *skb, gfp_t gfp)
6085 {
6086 	__cfg80211_send_event_skb(skb, gfp);
6087 }
6088 
6089 #ifdef CONFIG_NL80211_TESTMODE
6090 /**
6091  * DOC: Test mode
6092  *
6093  * Test mode is a set of utility functions to allow drivers to
6094  * interact with driver-specific tools to aid, for instance,
6095  * factory programming.
6096  *
6097  * This chapter describes how drivers interact with it, for more
6098  * information see the nl80211 book's chapter on it.
6099  */
6100 
6101 /**
6102  * cfg80211_testmode_alloc_reply_skb - allocate testmode reply
6103  * @wiphy: the wiphy
6104  * @approxlen: an upper bound of the length of the data that will
6105  *	be put into the skb
6106  *
6107  * This function allocates and pre-fills an skb for a reply to
6108  * the testmode command. Since it is intended for a reply, calling
6109  * it outside of the @testmode_cmd operation is invalid.
6110  *
6111  * The returned skb is pre-filled with the wiphy index and set up in
6112  * a way that any data that is put into the skb (with skb_put(),
6113  * nla_put() or similar) will end up being within the
6114  * %NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA attribute, so all that needs to be done
6115  * with the skb is adding data for the corresponding userspace tool
6116  * which can then read that data out of the testdata attribute. You
6117  * must not modify the skb in any other way.
6118  *
6119  * When done, call cfg80211_testmode_reply() with the skb and return
6120  * its error code as the result of the @testmode_cmd operation.
6121  *
6122  * Return: An allocated and pre-filled skb. %NULL if any errors happen.
6123  */
6124 static inline struct sk_buff *
6125 cfg80211_testmode_alloc_reply_skb(struct wiphy *wiphy, int approxlen)
6126 {
6127 	return __cfg80211_alloc_reply_skb(wiphy, NL80211_CMD_TESTMODE,
6128 					  NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA, approxlen);
6129 }
6130 
6131 /**
6132  * cfg80211_testmode_reply - send the reply skb
6133  * @skb: The skb, must have been allocated with
6134  *	cfg80211_testmode_alloc_reply_skb()
6135  *
6136  * Since calling this function will usually be the last thing
6137  * before returning from the @testmode_cmd you should return
6138  * the error code.  Note that this function consumes the skb
6139  * regardless of the return value.
6140  *
6141  * Return: An error code or 0 on success.
6142  */
6143 static inline int cfg80211_testmode_reply(struct sk_buff *skb)
6144 {
6145 	return cfg80211_vendor_cmd_reply(skb);
6146 }
6147 
6148 /**
6149  * cfg80211_testmode_alloc_event_skb - allocate testmode event
6150  * @wiphy: the wiphy
6151  * @approxlen: an upper bound of the length of the data that will
6152  *	be put into the skb
6153  * @gfp: allocation flags
6154  *
6155  * This function allocates and pre-fills an skb for an event on the
6156  * testmode multicast group.
6157  *
6158  * The returned skb is set up in the same way as with
6159  * cfg80211_testmode_alloc_reply_skb() but prepared for an event. As
6160  * there, you should simply add data to it that will then end up in the
6161  * %NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA attribute. Again, you must not modify the skb
6162  * in any other way.
6163  *
6164  * When done filling the skb, call cfg80211_testmode_event() with the
6165  * skb to send the event.
6166  *
6167  * Return: An allocated and pre-filled skb. %NULL if any errors happen.
6168  */
6169 static inline struct sk_buff *
6170 cfg80211_testmode_alloc_event_skb(struct wiphy *wiphy, int approxlen, gfp_t gfp)
6171 {
6172 	return __cfg80211_alloc_event_skb(wiphy, NULL, NL80211_CMD_TESTMODE,
6173 					  NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA, 0, -1,
6174 					  approxlen, gfp);
6175 }
6176 
6177 /**
6178  * cfg80211_testmode_event - send the event
6179  * @skb: The skb, must have been allocated with
6180  *	cfg80211_testmode_alloc_event_skb()
6181  * @gfp: allocation flags
6182  *
6183  * This function sends the given @skb, which must have been allocated
6184  * by cfg80211_testmode_alloc_event_skb(), as an event. It always
6185  * consumes it.
6186  */
6187 static inline void cfg80211_testmode_event(struct sk_buff *skb, gfp_t gfp)
6188 {
6189 	__cfg80211_send_event_skb(skb, gfp);
6190 }
6191 
6192 #define CFG80211_TESTMODE_CMD(cmd)	.testmode_cmd = (cmd),
6193 #define CFG80211_TESTMODE_DUMP(cmd)	.testmode_dump = (cmd),
6194 #else
6195 #define CFG80211_TESTMODE_CMD(cmd)
6196 #define CFG80211_TESTMODE_DUMP(cmd)
6197 #endif
6198 
6199 /**
6200  * struct cfg80211_fils_resp_params - FILS connection response params
6201  * @kek: KEK derived from a successful FILS connection (may be %NULL)
6202  * @kek_len: Length of @fils_kek in octets
6203  * @update_erp_next_seq_num: Boolean value to specify whether the value in
6204  *	@erp_next_seq_num is valid.
6205  * @erp_next_seq_num: The next sequence number to use in ERP message in
6206  *	FILS Authentication. This value should be specified irrespective of the
6207  *	status for a FILS connection.
6208  * @pmk: A new PMK if derived from a successful FILS connection (may be %NULL).
6209  * @pmk_len: Length of @pmk in octets
6210  * @pmkid: A new PMKID if derived from a successful FILS connection or the PMKID
6211  *	used for this FILS connection (may be %NULL).
6212  */
6213 struct cfg80211_fils_resp_params {
6214 	const u8 *kek;
6215 	size_t kek_len;
6216 	bool update_erp_next_seq_num;
6217 	u16 erp_next_seq_num;
6218 	const u8 *pmk;
6219 	size_t pmk_len;
6220 	const u8 *pmkid;
6221 };
6222 
6223 /**
6224  * struct cfg80211_connect_resp_params - Connection response params
6225  * @status: Status code, %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS for successful connection, use
6226  *	%WLAN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED_FAILURE if your device cannot give you
6227  *	the real status code for failures. If this call is used to report a
6228  *	failure due to a timeout (e.g., not receiving an Authentication frame
6229  *	from the AP) instead of an explicit rejection by the AP, -1 is used to
6230  *	indicate that this is a failure, but without a status code.
6231  *	@timeout_reason is used to report the reason for the timeout in that
6232  *	case.
6233  * @bssid: The BSSID of the AP (may be %NULL)
6234  * @bss: Entry of bss to which STA got connected to, can be obtained through
6235  *	cfg80211_get_bss() (may be %NULL). Only one parameter among @bssid and
6236  *	@bss needs to be specified.
6237  * @req_ie: Association request IEs (may be %NULL)
6238  * @req_ie_len: Association request IEs length
6239  * @resp_ie: Association response IEs (may be %NULL)
6240  * @resp_ie_len: Association response IEs length
6241  * @fils: FILS connection response parameters.
6242  * @timeout_reason: Reason for connection timeout. This is used when the
6243  *	connection fails due to a timeout instead of an explicit rejection from
6244  *	the AP. %NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED is used when the timeout reason is
6245  *	not known. This value is used only if @status < 0 to indicate that the
6246  *	failure is due to a timeout and not due to explicit rejection by the AP.
6247  *	This value is ignored in other cases (@status >= 0).
6248  */
6249 struct cfg80211_connect_resp_params {
6250 	int status;
6251 	const u8 *bssid;
6252 	struct cfg80211_bss *bss;
6253 	const u8 *req_ie;
6254 	size_t req_ie_len;
6255 	const u8 *resp_ie;
6256 	size_t resp_ie_len;
6257 	struct cfg80211_fils_resp_params fils;
6258 	enum nl80211_timeout_reason timeout_reason;
6259 };
6260 
6261 /**
6262  * cfg80211_connect_done - notify cfg80211 of connection result
6263  *
6264  * @dev: network device
6265  * @params: connection response parameters
6266  * @gfp: allocation flags
6267  *
6268  * It should be called by the underlying driver once execution of the connection
6269  * request from connect() has been completed. This is similar to
6270  * cfg80211_connect_bss(), but takes a structure pointer for connection response
6271  * parameters. Only one of the functions among cfg80211_connect_bss(),
6272  * cfg80211_connect_result(), cfg80211_connect_timeout(),
6273  * and cfg80211_connect_done() should be called.
6274  */
6275 void cfg80211_connect_done(struct net_device *dev,
6276 			   struct cfg80211_connect_resp_params *params,
6277 			   gfp_t gfp);
6278 
6279 /**
6280  * cfg80211_connect_bss - notify cfg80211 of connection result
6281  *
6282  * @dev: network device
6283  * @bssid: the BSSID of the AP
6284  * @bss: entry of bss to which STA got connected to, can be obtained
6285  *	through cfg80211_get_bss (may be %NULL)
6286  * @req_ie: association request IEs (maybe be %NULL)
6287  * @req_ie_len: association request IEs length
6288  * @resp_ie: association response IEs (may be %NULL)
6289  * @resp_ie_len: assoc response IEs length
6290  * @status: status code, %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS for successful connection, use
6291  *	%WLAN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED_FAILURE if your device cannot give you
6292  *	the real status code for failures. If this call is used to report a
6293  *	failure due to a timeout (e.g., not receiving an Authentication frame
6294  *	from the AP) instead of an explicit rejection by the AP, -1 is used to
6295  *	indicate that this is a failure, but without a status code.
6296  *	@timeout_reason is used to report the reason for the timeout in that
6297  *	case.
6298  * @gfp: allocation flags
6299  * @timeout_reason: reason for connection timeout. This is used when the
6300  *	connection fails due to a timeout instead of an explicit rejection from
6301  *	the AP. %NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED is used when the timeout reason is
6302  *	not known. This value is used only if @status < 0 to indicate that the
6303  *	failure is due to a timeout and not due to explicit rejection by the AP.
6304  *	This value is ignored in other cases (@status >= 0).
6305  *
6306  * It should be called by the underlying driver once execution of the connection
6307  * request from connect() has been completed. This is similar to
6308  * cfg80211_connect_result(), but with the option of identifying the exact bss
6309  * entry for the connection. Only one of the functions among
6310  * cfg80211_connect_bss(), cfg80211_connect_result(),
6311  * cfg80211_connect_timeout(), and cfg80211_connect_done() should be called.
6312  */
6313 static inline void
6314 cfg80211_connect_bss(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid,
6315 		     struct cfg80211_bss *bss, const u8 *req_ie,
6316 		     size_t req_ie_len, const u8 *resp_ie,
6317 		     size_t resp_ie_len, int status, gfp_t gfp,
6318 		     enum nl80211_timeout_reason timeout_reason)
6319 {
6320 	struct cfg80211_connect_resp_params params;
6321 
6322 	memset(&params, 0, sizeof(params));
6323 	params.status = status;
6324 	params.bssid = bssid;
6325 	params.bss = bss;
6326 	params.req_ie = req_ie;
6327 	params.req_ie_len = req_ie_len;
6328 	params.resp_ie = resp_ie;
6329 	params.resp_ie_len = resp_ie_len;
6330 	params.timeout_reason = timeout_reason;
6331 
6332 	cfg80211_connect_done(dev, &params, gfp);
6333 }
6334 
6335 /**
6336  * cfg80211_connect_result - notify cfg80211 of connection result
6337  *
6338  * @dev: network device
6339  * @bssid: the BSSID of the AP
6340  * @req_ie: association request IEs (maybe be %NULL)
6341  * @req_ie_len: association request IEs length
6342  * @resp_ie: association response IEs (may be %NULL)
6343  * @resp_ie_len: assoc response IEs length
6344  * @status: status code, %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS for successful connection, use
6345  *	%WLAN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED_FAILURE if your device cannot give you
6346  *	the real status code for failures.
6347  * @gfp: allocation flags
6348  *
6349  * It should be called by the underlying driver once execution of the connection
6350  * request from connect() has been completed. This is similar to
6351  * cfg80211_connect_bss() which allows the exact bss entry to be specified. Only
6352  * one of the functions among cfg80211_connect_bss(), cfg80211_connect_result(),
6353  * cfg80211_connect_timeout(), and cfg80211_connect_done() should be called.
6354  */
6355 static inline void
6356 cfg80211_connect_result(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid,
6357 			const u8 *req_ie, size_t req_ie_len,
6358 			const u8 *resp_ie, size_t resp_ie_len,
6359 			u16 status, gfp_t gfp)
6360 {
6361 	cfg80211_connect_bss(dev, bssid, NULL, req_ie, req_ie_len, resp_ie,
6362 			     resp_ie_len, status, gfp,
6363 			     NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED);
6364 }
6365 
6366 /**
6367  * cfg80211_connect_timeout - notify cfg80211 of connection timeout
6368  *
6369  * @dev: network device
6370  * @bssid: the BSSID of the AP
6371  * @req_ie: association request IEs (maybe be %NULL)
6372  * @req_ie_len: association request IEs length
6373  * @gfp: allocation flags
6374  * @timeout_reason: reason for connection timeout.
6375  *
6376  * It should be called by the underlying driver whenever connect() has failed
6377  * in a sequence where no explicit authentication/association rejection was
6378  * received from the AP. This could happen, e.g., due to not being able to send
6379  * out the Authentication or Association Request frame or timing out while
6380  * waiting for the response. Only one of the functions among
6381  * cfg80211_connect_bss(), cfg80211_connect_result(),
6382  * cfg80211_connect_timeout(), and cfg80211_connect_done() should be called.
6383  */
6384 static inline void
6385 cfg80211_connect_timeout(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid,
6386 			 const u8 *req_ie, size_t req_ie_len, gfp_t gfp,
6387 			 enum nl80211_timeout_reason timeout_reason)
6388 {
6389 	cfg80211_connect_bss(dev, bssid, NULL, req_ie, req_ie_len, NULL, 0, -1,
6390 			     gfp, timeout_reason);
6391 }
6392 
6393 /**
6394  * struct cfg80211_roam_info - driver initiated roaming information
6395  *
6396  * @channel: the channel of the new AP
6397  * @bss: entry of bss to which STA got roamed (may be %NULL if %bssid is set)
6398  * @bssid: the BSSID of the new AP (may be %NULL if %bss is set)
6399  * @req_ie: association request IEs (maybe be %NULL)
6400  * @req_ie_len: association request IEs length
6401  * @resp_ie: association response IEs (may be %NULL)
6402  * @resp_ie_len: assoc response IEs length
6403  * @fils: FILS related roaming information.
6404  */
6405 struct cfg80211_roam_info {
6406 	struct ieee80211_channel *channel;
6407 	struct cfg80211_bss *bss;
6408 	const u8 *bssid;
6409 	const u8 *req_ie;
6410 	size_t req_ie_len;
6411 	const u8 *resp_ie;
6412 	size_t resp_ie_len;
6413 	struct cfg80211_fils_resp_params fils;
6414 };
6415 
6416 /**
6417  * cfg80211_roamed - notify cfg80211 of roaming
6418  *
6419  * @dev: network device
6420  * @info: information about the new BSS. struct &cfg80211_roam_info.
6421  * @gfp: allocation flags
6422  *
6423  * This function may be called with the driver passing either the BSSID of the
6424  * new AP or passing the bss entry to avoid a race in timeout of the bss entry.
6425  * It should be called by the underlying driver whenever it roamed from one AP
6426  * to another while connected. Drivers which have roaming implemented in
6427  * firmware should pass the bss entry to avoid a race in bss entry timeout where
6428  * the bss entry of the new AP is seen in the driver, but gets timed out by the
6429  * time it is accessed in __cfg80211_roamed() due to delay in scheduling
6430  * rdev->event_work. In case of any failures, the reference is released
6431  * either in cfg80211_roamed() or in __cfg80211_romed(), Otherwise, it will be
6432  * released while diconneting from the current bss.
6433  */
6434 void cfg80211_roamed(struct net_device *dev, struct cfg80211_roam_info *info,
6435 		     gfp_t gfp);
6436 
6437 /**
6438  * cfg80211_port_authorized - notify cfg80211 of successful security association
6439  *
6440  * @dev: network device
6441  * @bssid: the BSSID of the AP
6442  * @gfp: allocation flags
6443  *
6444  * This function should be called by a driver that supports 4 way handshake
6445  * offload after a security association was successfully established (i.e.,
6446  * the 4 way handshake was completed successfully). The call to this function
6447  * should be preceded with a call to cfg80211_connect_result(),
6448  * cfg80211_connect_done(), cfg80211_connect_bss() or cfg80211_roamed() to
6449  * indicate the 802.11 association.
6450  */
6451 void cfg80211_port_authorized(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid,
6452 			      gfp_t gfp);
6453 
6454 /**
6455  * cfg80211_disconnected - notify cfg80211 that connection was dropped
6456  *
6457  * @dev: network device
6458  * @ie: information elements of the deauth/disassoc frame (may be %NULL)
6459  * @ie_len: length of IEs
6460  * @reason: reason code for the disconnection, set it to 0 if unknown
6461  * @locally_generated: disconnection was requested locally
6462  * @gfp: allocation flags
6463  *
6464  * After it calls this function, the driver should enter an idle state
6465  * and not try to connect to any AP any more.
6466  */
6467 void cfg80211_disconnected(struct net_device *dev, u16 reason,
6468 			   const u8 *ie, size_t ie_len,
6469 			   bool locally_generated, gfp_t gfp);
6470 
6471 /**
6472  * cfg80211_ready_on_channel - notification of remain_on_channel start
6473  * @wdev: wireless device
6474  * @cookie: the request cookie
6475  * @chan: The current channel (from remain_on_channel request)
6476  * @duration: Duration in milliseconds that the driver intents to remain on the
6477  *	channel
6478  * @gfp: allocation flags
6479  */
6480 void cfg80211_ready_on_channel(struct wireless_dev *wdev, u64 cookie,
6481 			       struct ieee80211_channel *chan,
6482 			       unsigned int duration, gfp_t gfp);
6483 
6484 /**
6485  * cfg80211_remain_on_channel_expired - remain_on_channel duration expired
6486  * @wdev: wireless device
6487  * @cookie: the request cookie
6488  * @chan: The current channel (from remain_on_channel request)
6489  * @gfp: allocation flags
6490  */
6491 void cfg80211_remain_on_channel_expired(struct wireless_dev *wdev, u64 cookie,
6492 					struct ieee80211_channel *chan,
6493 					gfp_t gfp);
6494 
6495 /**
6496  * cfg80211_sinfo_alloc_tid_stats - allocate per-tid statistics.
6497  *
6498  * @sinfo: the station information
6499  * @gfp: allocation flags
6500  */
6501 int cfg80211_sinfo_alloc_tid_stats(struct station_info *sinfo, gfp_t gfp);
6502 
6503 /**
6504  * cfg80211_sinfo_release_content - release contents of station info
6505  * @sinfo: the station information
6506  *
6507  * Releases any potentially allocated sub-information of the station
6508  * information, but not the struct itself (since it's typically on
6509  * the stack.)
6510  */
6511 static inline void cfg80211_sinfo_release_content(struct station_info *sinfo)
6512 {
6513 	kfree(sinfo->pertid);
6514 }
6515 
6516 /**
6517  * cfg80211_new_sta - notify userspace about station
6518  *
6519  * @dev: the netdev
6520  * @mac_addr: the station's address
6521  * @sinfo: the station information
6522  * @gfp: allocation flags
6523  */
6524 void cfg80211_new_sta(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *mac_addr,
6525 		      struct station_info *sinfo, gfp_t gfp);
6526 
6527 /**
6528  * cfg80211_del_sta_sinfo - notify userspace about deletion of a station
6529  * @dev: the netdev
6530  * @mac_addr: the station's address
6531  * @sinfo: the station information/statistics
6532  * @gfp: allocation flags
6533  */
6534 void cfg80211_del_sta_sinfo(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *mac_addr,
6535 			    struct station_info *sinfo, gfp_t gfp);
6536 
6537 /**
6538  * cfg80211_del_sta - notify userspace about deletion of a station
6539  *
6540  * @dev: the netdev
6541  * @mac_addr: the station's address
6542  * @gfp: allocation flags
6543  */
6544 static inline void cfg80211_del_sta(struct net_device *dev,
6545 				    const u8 *mac_addr, gfp_t gfp)
6546 {
6547 	cfg80211_del_sta_sinfo(dev, mac_addr, NULL, gfp);
6548 }
6549 
6550 /**
6551  * cfg80211_conn_failed - connection request failed notification
6552  *
6553  * @dev: the netdev
6554  * @mac_addr: the station's address
6555  * @reason: the reason for connection failure
6556  * @gfp: allocation flags
6557  *
6558  * Whenever a station tries to connect to an AP and if the station
6559  * could not connect to the AP as the AP has rejected the connection
6560  * for some reasons, this function is called.
6561  *
6562  * The reason for connection failure can be any of the value from
6563  * nl80211_connect_failed_reason enum
6564  */
6565 void cfg80211_conn_failed(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *mac_addr,
6566 			  enum nl80211_connect_failed_reason reason,
6567 			  gfp_t gfp);
6568 
6569 /**
6570  * cfg80211_rx_mgmt - notification of received, unprocessed management frame
6571  * @wdev: wireless device receiving the frame
6572  * @freq: Frequency on which the frame was received in MHz
6573  * @sig_dbm: signal strength in dBm, or 0 if unknown
6574  * @buf: Management frame (header + body)
6575  * @len: length of the frame data
6576  * @flags: flags, as defined in enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags
6577  *
6578  * This function is called whenever an Action frame is received for a station
6579  * mode interface, but is not processed in kernel.
6580  *
6581  * Return: %true if a user space application has registered for this frame.
6582  * For action frames, that makes it responsible for rejecting unrecognized
6583  * action frames; %false otherwise, in which case for action frames the
6584  * driver is responsible for rejecting the frame.
6585  */
6586 bool cfg80211_rx_mgmt(struct wireless_dev *wdev, int freq, int sig_dbm,
6587 		      const u8 *buf, size_t len, u32 flags);
6588 
6589 /**
6590  * cfg80211_mgmt_tx_status - notification of TX status for management frame
6591  * @wdev: wireless device receiving the frame
6592  * @cookie: Cookie returned by cfg80211_ops::mgmt_tx()
6593  * @buf: Management frame (header + body)
6594  * @len: length of the frame data
6595  * @ack: Whether frame was acknowledged
6596  * @gfp: context flags
6597  *
6598  * This function is called whenever a management frame was requested to be
6599  * transmitted with cfg80211_ops::mgmt_tx() to report the TX status of the
6600  * transmission attempt.
6601  */
6602 void cfg80211_mgmt_tx_status(struct wireless_dev *wdev, u64 cookie,
6603 			     const u8 *buf, size_t len, bool ack, gfp_t gfp);
6604 
6605 
6606 /**
6607  * cfg80211_rx_control_port - notification about a received control port frame
6608  * @dev: The device the frame matched to
6609  * @skb: The skbuf with the control port frame.  It is assumed that the skbuf
6610  *	is 802.3 formatted (with 802.3 header).  The skb can be non-linear.
6611  *	This function does not take ownership of the skb, so the caller is
6612  *	responsible for any cleanup.  The caller must also ensure that
6613  *	skb->protocol is set appropriately.
6614  * @unencrypted: Whether the frame was received unencrypted
6615  *
6616  * This function is used to inform userspace about a received control port
6617  * frame.  It should only be used if userspace indicated it wants to receive
6618  * control port frames over nl80211.
6619  *
6620  * The frame is the data portion of the 802.3 or 802.11 data frame with all
6621  * network layer headers removed (e.g. the raw EAPoL frame).
6622  *
6623  * Return: %true if the frame was passed to userspace
6624  */
6625 bool cfg80211_rx_control_port(struct net_device *dev,
6626 			      struct sk_buff *skb, bool unencrypted);
6627 
6628 /**
6629  * cfg80211_cqm_rssi_notify - connection quality monitoring rssi event
6630  * @dev: network device
6631  * @rssi_event: the triggered RSSI event
6632  * @rssi_level: new RSSI level value or 0 if not available
6633  * @gfp: context flags
6634  *
6635  * This function is called when a configured connection quality monitoring
6636  * rssi threshold reached event occurs.
6637  */
6638 void cfg80211_cqm_rssi_notify(struct net_device *dev,
6639 			      enum nl80211_cqm_rssi_threshold_event rssi_event,
6640 			      s32 rssi_level, gfp_t gfp);
6641 
6642 /**
6643  * cfg80211_cqm_pktloss_notify - notify userspace about packetloss to peer
6644  * @dev: network device
6645  * @peer: peer's MAC address
6646  * @num_packets: how many packets were lost -- should be a fixed threshold
6647  *	but probably no less than maybe 50, or maybe a throughput dependent
6648  *	threshold (to account for temporary interference)
6649  * @gfp: context flags
6650  */
6651 void cfg80211_cqm_pktloss_notify(struct net_device *dev,
6652 				 const u8 *peer, u32 num_packets, gfp_t gfp);
6653 
6654 /**
6655  * cfg80211_cqm_txe_notify - TX error rate event
6656  * @dev: network device
6657  * @peer: peer's MAC address
6658  * @num_packets: how many packets were lost
6659  * @rate: % of packets which failed transmission
6660  * @intvl: interval (in s) over which the TX failure threshold was breached.
6661  * @gfp: context flags
6662  *
6663  * Notify userspace when configured % TX failures over number of packets in a
6664  * given interval is exceeded.
6665  */
6666 void cfg80211_cqm_txe_notify(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *peer,
6667 			     u32 num_packets, u32 rate, u32 intvl, gfp_t gfp);
6668 
6669 /**
6670  * cfg80211_cqm_beacon_loss_notify - beacon loss event
6671  * @dev: network device
6672  * @gfp: context flags
6673  *
6674  * Notify userspace about beacon loss from the connected AP.
6675  */
6676 void cfg80211_cqm_beacon_loss_notify(struct net_device *dev, gfp_t gfp);
6677 
6678 /**
6679  * cfg80211_radar_event - radar detection event
6680  * @wiphy: the wiphy
6681  * @chandef: chandef for the current channel
6682  * @gfp: context flags
6683  *
6684  * This function is called when a radar is detected on the current chanenl.
6685  */
6686 void cfg80211_radar_event(struct wiphy *wiphy,
6687 			  struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, gfp_t gfp);
6688 
6689 /**
6690  * cfg80211_sta_opmode_change_notify - STA's ht/vht operation mode change event
6691  * @dev: network device
6692  * @mac: MAC address of a station which opmode got modified
6693  * @sta_opmode: station's current opmode value
6694  * @gfp: context flags
6695  *
6696  * Driver should call this function when station's opmode modified via action
6697  * frame.
6698  */
6699 void cfg80211_sta_opmode_change_notify(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *mac,
6700 				       struct sta_opmode_info *sta_opmode,
6701 				       gfp_t gfp);
6702 
6703 /**
6704  * cfg80211_cac_event - Channel availability check (CAC) event
6705  * @netdev: network device
6706  * @chandef: chandef for the current channel
6707  * @event: type of event
6708  * @gfp: context flags
6709  *
6710  * This function is called when a Channel availability check (CAC) is finished
6711  * or aborted. This must be called to notify the completion of a CAC process,
6712  * also by full-MAC drivers.
6713  */
6714 void cfg80211_cac_event(struct net_device *netdev,
6715 			const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef,
6716 			enum nl80211_radar_event event, gfp_t gfp);
6717 
6718 
6719 /**
6720  * cfg80211_gtk_rekey_notify - notify userspace about driver rekeying
6721  * @dev: network device
6722  * @bssid: BSSID of AP (to avoid races)
6723  * @replay_ctr: new replay counter
6724  * @gfp: allocation flags
6725  */
6726 void cfg80211_gtk_rekey_notify(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid,
6727 			       const u8 *replay_ctr, gfp_t gfp);
6728 
6729 /**
6730  * cfg80211_pmksa_candidate_notify - notify about PMKSA caching candidate
6731  * @dev: network device
6732  * @index: candidate index (the smaller the index, the higher the priority)
6733  * @bssid: BSSID of AP
6734  * @preauth: Whether AP advertises support for RSN pre-authentication
6735  * @gfp: allocation flags
6736  */
6737 void cfg80211_pmksa_candidate_notify(struct net_device *dev, int index,
6738 				     const u8 *bssid, bool preauth, gfp_t gfp);
6739 
6740 /**
6741  * cfg80211_rx_spurious_frame - inform userspace about a spurious frame
6742  * @dev: The device the frame matched to
6743  * @addr: the transmitter address
6744  * @gfp: context flags
6745  *
6746  * This function is used in AP mode (only!) to inform userspace that
6747  * a spurious class 3 frame was received, to be able to deauth the
6748  * sender.
6749  * Return: %true if the frame was passed to userspace (or this failed
6750  * for a reason other than not having a subscription.)
6751  */
6752 bool cfg80211_rx_spurious_frame(struct net_device *dev,
6753 				const u8 *addr, gfp_t gfp);
6754 
6755 /**
6756  * cfg80211_rx_unexpected_4addr_frame - inform about unexpected WDS frame
6757  * @dev: The device the frame matched to
6758  * @addr: the transmitter address
6759  * @gfp: context flags
6760  *
6761  * This function is used in AP mode (only!) to inform userspace that
6762  * an associated station sent a 4addr frame but that wasn't expected.
6763  * It is allowed and desirable to send this event only once for each
6764  * station to avoid event flooding.
6765  * Return: %true if the frame was passed to userspace (or this failed
6766  * for a reason other than not having a subscription.)
6767  */
6768 bool cfg80211_rx_unexpected_4addr_frame(struct net_device *dev,
6769 					const u8 *addr, gfp_t gfp);
6770 
6771 /**
6772  * cfg80211_probe_status - notify userspace about probe status
6773  * @dev: the device the probe was sent on
6774  * @addr: the address of the peer
6775  * @cookie: the cookie filled in @probe_client previously
6776  * @acked: indicates whether probe was acked or not
6777  * @ack_signal: signal strength (in dBm) of the ACK frame.
6778  * @is_valid_ack_signal: indicates the ack_signal is valid or not.
6779  * @gfp: allocation flags
6780  */
6781 void cfg80211_probe_status(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *addr,
6782 			   u64 cookie, bool acked, s32 ack_signal,
6783 			   bool is_valid_ack_signal, gfp_t gfp);
6784 
6785 /**
6786  * cfg80211_report_obss_beacon - report beacon from other APs
6787  * @wiphy: The wiphy that received the beacon
6788  * @frame: the frame
6789  * @len: length of the frame
6790  * @freq: frequency the frame was received on
6791  * @sig_dbm: signal strength in dBm, or 0 if unknown
6792  *
6793  * Use this function to report to userspace when a beacon was
6794  * received. It is not useful to call this when there is no
6795  * netdev that is in AP/GO mode.
6796  */
6797 void cfg80211_report_obss_beacon(struct wiphy *wiphy,
6798 				 const u8 *frame, size_t len,
6799 				 int freq, int sig_dbm);
6800 
6801 /**
6802  * cfg80211_reg_can_beacon - check if beaconing is allowed
6803  * @wiphy: the wiphy
6804  * @chandef: the channel definition
6805  * @iftype: interface type
6806  *
6807  * Return: %true if there is no secondary channel or the secondary channel(s)
6808  * can be used for beaconing (i.e. is not a radar channel etc.)
6809  */
6810 bool cfg80211_reg_can_beacon(struct wiphy *wiphy,
6811 			     struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef,
6812 			     enum nl80211_iftype iftype);
6813 
6814 /**
6815  * cfg80211_reg_can_beacon_relax - check if beaconing is allowed with relaxation
6816  * @wiphy: the wiphy
6817  * @chandef: the channel definition
6818  * @iftype: interface type
6819  *
6820  * Return: %true if there is no secondary channel or the secondary channel(s)
6821  * can be used for beaconing (i.e. is not a radar channel etc.). This version
6822  * also checks if IR-relaxation conditions apply, to allow beaconing under
6823  * more permissive conditions.
6824  *
6825  * Requires the RTNL to be held.
6826  */
6827 bool cfg80211_reg_can_beacon_relax(struct wiphy *wiphy,
6828 				   struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef,
6829 				   enum nl80211_iftype iftype);
6830 
6831 /*
6832  * cfg80211_ch_switch_notify - update wdev channel and notify userspace
6833  * @dev: the device which switched channels
6834  * @chandef: the new channel definition
6835  *
6836  * Caller must acquire wdev_lock, therefore must only be called from sleepable
6837  * driver context!
6838  */
6839 void cfg80211_ch_switch_notify(struct net_device *dev,
6840 			       struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef);
6841 
6842 /*
6843  * cfg80211_ch_switch_started_notify - notify channel switch start
6844  * @dev: the device on which the channel switch started
6845  * @chandef: the future channel definition
6846  * @count: the number of TBTTs until the channel switch happens
6847  *
6848  * Inform the userspace about the channel switch that has just
6849  * started, so that it can take appropriate actions (eg. starting
6850  * channel switch on other vifs), if necessary.
6851  */
6852 void cfg80211_ch_switch_started_notify(struct net_device *dev,
6853 				       struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef,
6854 				       u8 count);
6855 
6856 /**
6857  * ieee80211_operating_class_to_band - convert operating class to band
6858  *
6859  * @operating_class: the operating class to convert
6860  * @band: band pointer to fill
6861  *
6862  * Returns %true if the conversion was successful, %false otherwise.
6863  */
6864 bool ieee80211_operating_class_to_band(u8 operating_class,
6865 				       enum nl80211_band *band);
6866 
6867 /**
6868  * ieee80211_chandef_to_operating_class - convert chandef to operation class
6869  *
6870  * @chandef: the chandef to convert
6871  * @op_class: a pointer to the resulting operating class
6872  *
6873  * Returns %true if the conversion was successful, %false otherwise.
6874  */
6875 bool ieee80211_chandef_to_operating_class(struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef,
6876 					  u8 *op_class);
6877 
6878 /*
6879  * cfg80211_tdls_oper_request - request userspace to perform TDLS operation
6880  * @dev: the device on which the operation is requested
6881  * @peer: the MAC address of the peer device
6882  * @oper: the requested TDLS operation (NL80211_TDLS_SETUP or
6883  *	NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN)
6884  * @reason_code: the reason code for teardown request
6885  * @gfp: allocation flags
6886  *
6887  * This function is used to request userspace to perform TDLS operation that
6888  * requires knowledge of keys, i.e., link setup or teardown when the AP
6889  * connection uses encryption. This is optional mechanism for the driver to use
6890  * if it can automatically determine when a TDLS link could be useful (e.g.,
6891  * based on traffic and signal strength for a peer).
6892  */
6893 void cfg80211_tdls_oper_request(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *peer,
6894 				enum nl80211_tdls_operation oper,
6895 				u16 reason_code, gfp_t gfp);
6896 
6897 /*
6898  * cfg80211_calculate_bitrate - calculate actual bitrate (in 100Kbps units)
6899  * @rate: given rate_info to calculate bitrate from
6900  *
6901  * return 0 if MCS index >= 32
6902  */
6903 u32 cfg80211_calculate_bitrate(struct rate_info *rate);
6904 
6905 /**
6906  * cfg80211_unregister_wdev - remove the given wdev
6907  * @wdev: struct wireless_dev to remove
6908  *
6909  * Call this function only for wdevs that have no netdev assigned,
6910  * e.g. P2P Devices. It removes the device from the list so that
6911  * it can no longer be used. It is necessary to call this function
6912  * even when cfg80211 requests the removal of the interface by
6913  * calling the del_virtual_intf() callback. The function must also
6914  * be called when the driver wishes to unregister the wdev, e.g.
6915  * when the device is unbound from the driver.
6916  *
6917  * Requires the RTNL to be held.
6918  */
6919 void cfg80211_unregister_wdev(struct wireless_dev *wdev);
6920 
6921 /**
6922  * struct cfg80211_ft_event - FT Information Elements
6923  * @ies: FT IEs
6924  * @ies_len: length of the FT IE in bytes
6925  * @target_ap: target AP's MAC address
6926  * @ric_ies: RIC IE
6927  * @ric_ies_len: length of the RIC IE in bytes
6928  */
6929 struct cfg80211_ft_event_params {
6930 	const u8 *ies;
6931 	size_t ies_len;
6932 	const u8 *target_ap;
6933 	const u8 *ric_ies;
6934 	size_t ric_ies_len;
6935 };
6936 
6937 /**
6938  * cfg80211_ft_event - notify userspace about FT IE and RIC IE
6939  * @netdev: network device
6940  * @ft_event: IE information
6941  */
6942 void cfg80211_ft_event(struct net_device *netdev,
6943 		       struct cfg80211_ft_event_params *ft_event);
6944 
6945 /**
6946  * cfg80211_get_p2p_attr - find and copy a P2P attribute from IE buffer
6947  * @ies: the input IE buffer
6948  * @len: the input length
6949  * @attr: the attribute ID to find
6950  * @buf: output buffer, can be %NULL if the data isn't needed, e.g.
6951  *	if the function is only called to get the needed buffer size
6952  * @bufsize: size of the output buffer
6953  *
6954  * The function finds a given P2P attribute in the (vendor) IEs and
6955  * copies its contents to the given buffer.
6956  *
6957  * Return: A negative error code (-%EILSEQ or -%ENOENT) if the data is
6958  * malformed or the attribute can't be found (respectively), or the
6959  * length of the found attribute (which can be zero).
6960  */
6961 int cfg80211_get_p2p_attr(const u8 *ies, unsigned int len,
6962 			  enum ieee80211_p2p_attr_id attr,
6963 			  u8 *buf, unsigned int bufsize);
6964 
6965 /**
6966  * ieee80211_ie_split_ric - split an IE buffer according to ordering (with RIC)
6967  * @ies: the IE buffer
6968  * @ielen: the length of the IE buffer
6969  * @ids: an array with element IDs that are allowed before
6970  *	the split. A WLAN_EID_EXTENSION value means that the next
6971  *	EID in the list is a sub-element of the EXTENSION IE.
6972  * @n_ids: the size of the element ID array
6973  * @after_ric: array IE types that come after the RIC element
6974  * @n_after_ric: size of the @after_ric array
6975  * @offset: offset where to start splitting in the buffer
6976  *
6977  * This function splits an IE buffer by updating the @offset
6978  * variable to point to the location where the buffer should be
6979  * split.
6980  *
6981  * It assumes that the given IE buffer is well-formed, this
6982  * has to be guaranteed by the caller!
6983  *
6984  * It also assumes that the IEs in the buffer are ordered
6985  * correctly, if not the result of using this function will not
6986  * be ordered correctly either, i.e. it does no reordering.
6987  *
6988  * The function returns the offset where the next part of the
6989  * buffer starts, which may be @ielen if the entire (remainder)
6990  * of the buffer should be used.
6991  */
6992 size_t ieee80211_ie_split_ric(const u8 *ies, size_t ielen,
6993 			      const u8 *ids, int n_ids,
6994 			      const u8 *after_ric, int n_after_ric,
6995 			      size_t offset);
6996 
6997 /**
6998  * ieee80211_ie_split - split an IE buffer according to ordering
6999  * @ies: the IE buffer
7000  * @ielen: the length of the IE buffer
7001  * @ids: an array with element IDs that are allowed before
7002  *	the split. A WLAN_EID_EXTENSION value means that the next
7003  *	EID in the list is a sub-element of the EXTENSION IE.
7004  * @n_ids: the size of the element ID array
7005  * @offset: offset where to start splitting in the buffer
7006  *
7007  * This function splits an IE buffer by updating the @offset
7008  * variable to point to the location where the buffer should be
7009  * split.
7010  *
7011  * It assumes that the given IE buffer is well-formed, this
7012  * has to be guaranteed by the caller!
7013  *
7014  * It also assumes that the IEs in the buffer are ordered
7015  * correctly, if not the result of using this function will not
7016  * be ordered correctly either, i.e. it does no reordering.
7017  *
7018  * The function returns the offset where the next part of the
7019  * buffer starts, which may be @ielen if the entire (remainder)
7020  * of the buffer should be used.
7021  */
7022 static inline size_t ieee80211_ie_split(const u8 *ies, size_t ielen,
7023 					const u8 *ids, int n_ids, size_t offset)
7024 {
7025 	return ieee80211_ie_split_ric(ies, ielen, ids, n_ids, NULL, 0, offset);
7026 }
7027 
7028 /**
7029  * cfg80211_report_wowlan_wakeup - report wakeup from WoWLAN
7030  * @wdev: the wireless device reporting the wakeup
7031  * @wakeup: the wakeup report
7032  * @gfp: allocation flags
7033  *
7034  * This function reports that the given device woke up. If it
7035  * caused the wakeup, report the reason(s), otherwise you may
7036  * pass %NULL as the @wakeup parameter to advertise that something
7037  * else caused the wakeup.
7038  */
7039 void cfg80211_report_wowlan_wakeup(struct wireless_dev *wdev,
7040 				   struct cfg80211_wowlan_wakeup *wakeup,
7041 				   gfp_t gfp);
7042 
7043 /**
7044  * cfg80211_crit_proto_stopped() - indicate critical protocol stopped by driver.
7045  *
7046  * @wdev: the wireless device for which critical protocol is stopped.
7047  * @gfp: allocation flags
7048  *
7049  * This function can be called by the driver to indicate it has reverted
7050  * operation back to normal. One reason could be that the duration given
7051  * by .crit_proto_start() has expired.
7052  */
7053 void cfg80211_crit_proto_stopped(struct wireless_dev *wdev, gfp_t gfp);
7054 
7055 /**
7056  * ieee80211_get_num_supported_channels - get number of channels device has
7057  * @wiphy: the wiphy
7058  *
7059  * Return: the number of channels supported by the device.
7060  */
7061 unsigned int ieee80211_get_num_supported_channels(struct wiphy *wiphy);
7062 
7063 /**
7064  * cfg80211_check_combinations - check interface combinations
7065  *
7066  * @wiphy: the wiphy
7067  * @params: the interface combinations parameter
7068  *
7069  * This function can be called by the driver to check whether a
7070  * combination of interfaces and their types are allowed according to
7071  * the interface combinations.
7072  */
7073 int cfg80211_check_combinations(struct wiphy *wiphy,
7074 				struct iface_combination_params *params);
7075 
7076 /**
7077  * cfg80211_iter_combinations - iterate over matching combinations
7078  *
7079  * @wiphy: the wiphy
7080  * @params: the interface combinations parameter
7081  * @iter: function to call for each matching combination
7082  * @data: pointer to pass to iter function
7083  *
7084  * This function can be called by the driver to check what possible
7085  * combinations it fits in at a given moment, e.g. for channel switching
7086  * purposes.
7087  */
7088 int cfg80211_iter_combinations(struct wiphy *wiphy,
7089 			       struct iface_combination_params *params,
7090 			       void (*iter)(const struct ieee80211_iface_combination *c,
7091 					    void *data),
7092 			       void *data);
7093 
7094 /*
7095  * cfg80211_stop_iface - trigger interface disconnection
7096  *
7097  * @wiphy: the wiphy
7098  * @wdev: wireless device
7099  * @gfp: context flags
7100  *
7101  * Trigger interface to be stopped as if AP was stopped, IBSS/mesh left, STA
7102  * disconnected.
7103  *
7104  * Note: This doesn't need any locks and is asynchronous.
7105  */
7106 void cfg80211_stop_iface(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev,
7107 			 gfp_t gfp);
7108 
7109 /**
7110  * cfg80211_shutdown_all_interfaces - shut down all interfaces for a wiphy
7111  * @wiphy: the wiphy to shut down
7112  *
7113  * This function shuts down all interfaces belonging to this wiphy by
7114  * calling dev_close() (and treating non-netdev interfaces as needed).
7115  * It shouldn't really be used unless there are some fatal device errors
7116  * that really can't be recovered in any other way.
7117  *
7118  * Callers must hold the RTNL and be able to deal with callbacks into
7119  * the driver while the function is running.
7120  */
7121 void cfg80211_shutdown_all_interfaces(struct wiphy *wiphy);
7122 
7123 /**
7124  * wiphy_ext_feature_set - set the extended feature flag
7125  *
7126  * @wiphy: the wiphy to modify.
7127  * @ftidx: extended feature bit index.
7128  *
7129  * The extended features are flagged in multiple bytes (see
7130  * &struct wiphy.@ext_features)
7131  */
7132 static inline void wiphy_ext_feature_set(struct wiphy *wiphy,
7133 					 enum nl80211_ext_feature_index ftidx)
7134 {
7135 	u8 *ft_byte;
7136 
7137 	ft_byte = &wiphy->ext_features[ftidx / 8];
7138 	*ft_byte |= BIT(ftidx % 8);
7139 }
7140 
7141 /**
7142  * wiphy_ext_feature_isset - check the extended feature flag
7143  *
7144  * @wiphy: the wiphy to modify.
7145  * @ftidx: extended feature bit index.
7146  *
7147  * The extended features are flagged in multiple bytes (see
7148  * &struct wiphy.@ext_features)
7149  */
7150 static inline bool
7151 wiphy_ext_feature_isset(struct wiphy *wiphy,
7152 			enum nl80211_ext_feature_index ftidx)
7153 {
7154 	u8 ft_byte;
7155 
7156 	ft_byte = wiphy->ext_features[ftidx / 8];
7157 	return (ft_byte & BIT(ftidx % 8)) != 0;
7158 }
7159 
7160 /**
7161  * cfg80211_free_nan_func - free NAN function
7162  * @f: NAN function that should be freed
7163  *
7164  * Frees all the NAN function and all it's allocated members.
7165  */
7166 void cfg80211_free_nan_func(struct cfg80211_nan_func *f);
7167 
7168 /**
7169  * struct cfg80211_nan_match_params - NAN match parameters
7170  * @type: the type of the function that triggered a match. If it is
7171  *	 %NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE it means that we replied to a subscriber.
7172  *	 If it is %NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH, it means that we got a discovery
7173  *	 result.
7174  *	 If it is %NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP, we received a follow up.
7175  * @inst_id: the local instance id
7176  * @peer_inst_id: the instance id of the peer's function
7177  * @addr: the MAC address of the peer
7178  * @info_len: the length of the &info
7179  * @info: the Service Specific Info from the peer (if any)
7180  * @cookie: unique identifier of the corresponding function
7181  */
7182 struct cfg80211_nan_match_params {
7183 	enum nl80211_nan_function_type type;
7184 	u8 inst_id;
7185 	u8 peer_inst_id;
7186 	const u8 *addr;
7187 	u8 info_len;
7188 	const u8 *info;
7189 	u64 cookie;
7190 };
7191 
7192 /**
7193  * cfg80211_nan_match - report a match for a NAN function.
7194  * @wdev: the wireless device reporting the match
7195  * @match: match notification parameters
7196  * @gfp: allocation flags
7197  *
7198  * This function reports that the a NAN function had a match. This
7199  * can be a subscribe that had a match or a solicited publish that
7200  * was sent. It can also be a follow up that was received.
7201  */
7202 void cfg80211_nan_match(struct wireless_dev *wdev,
7203 			struct cfg80211_nan_match_params *match, gfp_t gfp);
7204 
7205 /**
7206  * cfg80211_nan_func_terminated - notify about NAN function termination.
7207  *
7208  * @wdev: the wireless device reporting the match
7209  * @inst_id: the local instance id
7210  * @reason: termination reason (one of the NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_*)
7211  * @cookie: unique NAN function identifier
7212  * @gfp: allocation flags
7213  *
7214  * This function reports that the a NAN function is terminated.
7215  */
7216 void cfg80211_nan_func_terminated(struct wireless_dev *wdev,
7217 				  u8 inst_id,
7218 				  enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason reason,
7219 				  u64 cookie, gfp_t gfp);
7220 
7221 /* ethtool helper */
7222 void cfg80211_get_drvinfo(struct net_device *dev, struct ethtool_drvinfo *info);
7223 
7224 /**
7225  * cfg80211_external_auth_request - userspace request for authentication
7226  * @netdev: network device
7227  * @params: External authentication parameters
7228  * @gfp: allocation flags
7229  * Returns: 0 on success, < 0 on error
7230  */
7231 int cfg80211_external_auth_request(struct net_device *netdev,
7232 				   struct cfg80211_external_auth_params *params,
7233 				   gfp_t gfp);
7234 
7235 /**
7236  * cfg80211_pmsr_report - report peer measurement result data
7237  * @wdev: the wireless device reporting the measurement
7238  * @req: the original measurement request
7239  * @result: the result data
7240  * @gfp: allocation flags
7241  */
7242 void cfg80211_pmsr_report(struct wireless_dev *wdev,
7243 			  struct cfg80211_pmsr_request *req,
7244 			  struct cfg80211_pmsr_result *result,
7245 			  gfp_t gfp);
7246 
7247 /**
7248  * cfg80211_pmsr_complete - report peer measurement completed
7249  * @wdev: the wireless device reporting the measurement
7250  * @req: the original measurement request
7251  * @gfp: allocation flags
7252  *
7253  * Report that the entire measurement completed, after this
7254  * the request pointer will no longer be valid.
7255  */
7256 void cfg80211_pmsr_complete(struct wireless_dev *wdev,
7257 			    struct cfg80211_pmsr_request *req,
7258 			    gfp_t gfp);
7259 
7260 /* Logging, debugging and troubleshooting/diagnostic helpers. */
7261 
7262 /* wiphy_printk helpers, similar to dev_printk */
7263 
7264 #define wiphy_printk(level, wiphy, format, args...)		\
7265 	dev_printk(level, &(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args)
7266 #define wiphy_emerg(wiphy, format, args...)			\
7267 	dev_emerg(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args)
7268 #define wiphy_alert(wiphy, format, args...)			\
7269 	dev_alert(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args)
7270 #define wiphy_crit(wiphy, format, args...)			\
7271 	dev_crit(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args)
7272 #define wiphy_err(wiphy, format, args...)			\
7273 	dev_err(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args)
7274 #define wiphy_warn(wiphy, format, args...)			\
7275 	dev_warn(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args)
7276 #define wiphy_notice(wiphy, format, args...)			\
7277 	dev_notice(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args)
7278 #define wiphy_info(wiphy, format, args...)			\
7279 	dev_info(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args)
7280 
7281 #define wiphy_err_ratelimited(wiphy, format, args...)		\
7282 	dev_err_ratelimited(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args)
7283 #define wiphy_warn_ratelimited(wiphy, format, args...)		\
7284 	dev_warn_ratelimited(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args)
7285 
7286 #define wiphy_debug(wiphy, format, args...)			\
7287 	wiphy_printk(KERN_DEBUG, wiphy, format, ##args)
7288 
7289 #define wiphy_dbg(wiphy, format, args...)			\
7290 	dev_dbg(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args)
7291 
7292 #if defined(VERBOSE_DEBUG)
7293 #define wiphy_vdbg	wiphy_dbg
7294 #else
7295 #define wiphy_vdbg(wiphy, format, args...)				\
7296 ({									\
7297 	if (0)								\
7298 		wiphy_printk(KERN_DEBUG, wiphy, format, ##args);	\
7299 	0;								\
7300 })
7301 #endif
7302 
7303 /*
7304  * wiphy_WARN() acts like wiphy_printk(), but with the key difference
7305  * of using a WARN/WARN_ON to get the message out, including the
7306  * file/line information and a backtrace.
7307  */
7308 #define wiphy_WARN(wiphy, format, args...)			\
7309 	WARN(1, "wiphy: %s\n" format, wiphy_name(wiphy), ##args);
7310 
7311 /**
7312  * cfg80211_update_owe_info_event - Notify the peer's OWE info to user space
7313  * @netdev: network device
7314  * @owe_info: peer's owe info
7315  * @gfp: allocation flags
7316  */
7317 void cfg80211_update_owe_info_event(struct net_device *netdev,
7318 				    struct cfg80211_update_owe_info *owe_info,
7319 				    gfp_t gfp);
7320 
7321 #endif /* __NET_CFG80211_H */
7322